Top Banner
ED 159 058 e000MENT RESUEE SE 024 911 . , p AUTHOR Jpspersen, James; Fitz-Randolph, Jane , TITLE Prot!). Sundiadeto Atomic Clocks: Understanding Tide aqd 'Frequency. , NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n D.C, . REPORT NO 'NBS-Monogr-155 . )7/ At PUB-DATE Dec 77 _.) NOTE A180p.; Occasional blue print may not reproduce well; J Cartoons on pages 8, 15, 16,.-51, 62, 64, 68, 71, 75, 94, 109, 116, 121, 162 deleted dine to copyright restrictions " AVAILABLE FROM Superintendent of Documents, ths;-Governiprit Printing )Office, W hington, D.C. 20'402 (Stock Number 003-003-0r650-1;-$4.00) 1 INSTITUTION EDRS PRICE DESCRIPTORS MF-$0.83 HC-$10.03 Plus Postage. *Instructional Materials; *Mathematical Applications; *Measurement; Post'SecOndary MI:cation; Reference Materials; *Time- IDENTIFIERS . e- *Clocks; Timekeeping A4 ABSTRACT An introduction to time, timekeeping, and .thee uses of time information, especially in the scientific and technical areas, are offered in this book foi laymen. Historical and p,bilosophical aspects of'time and timekeeping are included. The scie tific-thoug t -on time has been simplified. Contents include: the na u = of time time and frequency4 early man-made clocks, quality f ;Ito ern clocks (quartz, atomic, etc.) modern watches -fetettli- c, quartz-crystal, etc.), time scales, the correct tim i'time signals, standard t4ime, applications oftime, time and mathematics, time and physics, time and astronomy time and automation, time as ,information, and the future of time. (MP) f a a , . *********************************************************************** * ,Reproductions supplied by EDR the best that can. be made *, * , ;2_, frOm the iginal d cument.' , * **V 0*-*********44********************* * * * *, ** * * * * # * * * ** * * * * * * * **
183

INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Jan 31, 2022

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

ED 159 058

e000MENT RESUEE

SE 024 911. , p

AUTHOR Jpspersen, James; Fitz-Randolph, Jane ,TITLE Prot!). Sundiadeto Atomic Clocks: Understanding Tide

aqd 'Frequency.,

NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt nD.C, .

REPORT NO 'NBS-Monogr-155 .

)7/At

PUB-DATE Dec 77_.)NOTE A180p.; Occasional blue print may not reproduce well;

J Cartoons on pages 8, 15, 16,.-51, 62, 64, 68, 71, 75,94, 109, 116, 121, 162 deleted dine to copyrightrestrictions "

AVAILABLE FROM Superintendent of Documents, ths;-Governiprit Printing)Office, W hington, D.C. 20'402 (Stock Number003-003-0r650-1;-$4.00) 1

INSTITUTION

EDRS PRICEDESCRIPTORS

MF-$0.83 HC-$10.03 Plus Postage.*Instructional Materials; *Mathematical Applications;*Measurement; Post'SecOndary MI:cation; ReferenceMaterials; *Time-

IDENTIFIERS .

e-*Clocks; Timekeeping

A4

ABSTRACTAn introduction to time, timekeeping, and .thee uses of

time information, especially in the scientific and technical areas,are offered in this book foi laymen. Historical and p,bilosophicalaspects of'time and timekeeping are included. The scie tific-thoug t-on time has been simplified. Contents include: the na u = of timetime and frequency4 early man-made clocks, quality f ;Ito ernclocks (quartz, atomic, etc.) modern watches -fetettli- c,quartz-crystal, etc.), time scales, the correct tim i'time signals,standard t4ime, applications oftime, time and mathematics, time andphysics, time and astronomy time and automation, time as,information, and the future of time. (MP)

f

a

a, .

************************************************************************ ,Reproductions supplied by EDR the best that can. be made *,* , ;2_, frOm the iginal d cument.' , ***V0*-*********44********************* * * * *, ** * * * * # * * * ** * * * * * * * **

Page 2: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

11D5-:ofixqq,

X

M S.,;,41)14

ATOMIC dILFOCIIK

3

RSTAMFRE OE U S DEPARTMENT

OF HEALTH,EDUCATION I WELFARE

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OFEDUCATION

THIS DOCUMENTHAS BEEN REPRO-'DUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROMTHE PERSON OR

ORGANIZATION ORIGIN.ATING IT POINTS OF VIEW OR,OPINIONSSTATED DO NORNECESSARILY REPRE-SENT OFFICIAL

NATIONAL INSTITUTE,OFEDUCATION POS,ITION, OR POLICY

C=1LU

Ne 4

Page 3: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

t,

NATIONAL BUREOU OFSTANDARDS ATOMIC CLOG

3

Page 4: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

3.

FR0M SUNDIALS ToATOMIC CLOCKS

Understanding Time and FrequencyN- by.

James Jespersenand

Jane Fitz7RandoTh

Illustrated by John Robb

Page 5: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4

Library of Congress Catalog -Card Npmber: 77=600056

National Bureau of Standards Monograph 155Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 155,177 pages (Dec. 1977)

CODEN: NBSMA6 .

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S/GoyemStock No. 003-003-01650-1 Prices $c4 (Add 25 percen

0

nting Office, Woshington, 0.6.20402tional for other than U.S. mailing).

4

Page 6: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

FOREWORD

Time and its measurement is, simultaneously, very familiar ands very m sth, rioup. I suspect we'all believe that the readings of our clocks and watches are somehow related to the sun's' position.However, as science and;technology developed, this relationship has come to be determined by avery complex system involving--,jiist to name a fewastronomers, physicists, electronic engineers,and statisticians. And because .time is both activel3f and precisely coordinated among all of thetechnologically advanced nations of the world, international orgNa-nizations are also involved. Thestandard time-of-day radio broadcasts of all countries are controlled to at least 1/1000 of a second.,of each other; most time services, in fact, are cont olled within a very few millionths of a second!

The NationalBureau of Standards (NBS) moun a major effort in developing and maintaining .

standards for time and frequency. This effort ten s to be highly sophisticated and perhaps evenesoteric at times. Of course, most of the publications generated appear in technical journals aimedat,specidlized, technically sophisticated audiences.

I have long-been convinced, however, that it is very importat to provide a descriptive book,addressed to a much wider audience, on the subject of time. There are many reasons for this, and

.4-I will give two. First, it isvery simplya fascinating subject. Again, we often have occasion toexplain' the NBS time program to interested people who do not have a technical- background, andsuch a book, would be an efficient andhopefully--intereting means informing them. Finally,this book realizes a long-standing personal desire to, see a factual and understandable bookon the subjectof time. .

tI-

James A. Barnes'May6, 1677

%. :

'''Preparation of this docuntertt.las supported in part by the 1842nd Electronic Engineering Group, Cs/DCS Division, Air Force Communications

Page 7: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

1.- The, Riddle of Time

Contents

"t

I. THE RIDDLE OF TIME4

3'The Nature of Time/What Is Time ?/Date, Time Interval, and Synchronization/AncientClock Watchers/Clocks in Nature/Keeping Track., of the Sun and Moon/Thinking Bigand Thinking Small An Aside on Numbers,

2. Everything Swings , a 11Getting Time from Frequency/What Is a Clock?/The Earth-Sun Clock/Meter-Sticks 'toMeasure Time/What Is a Standard ?Mow Time 'Tells Us Where in the World We' Are/Building a Clock that Wouldn't Get Seasick

II. MAN-MADE CLOCKS AND WATCHES

3. Early Man-Made Clocks - 25Safi(' and Water Clocks/Mechanical Clocks/.The P,endularn Clock/The Balance-Wheel Clock/Further Refifiements/The-Search for Even Better Clocks.

4. "Q" Is for QualityThe Resonance Curve/The Resonance Curve and Decay Time/Accuracy, Stability, andQrnigh Q and Accuracy/High Q and Stability/Waiting to. Find the Time/Pushing. Q tothe Limit/Mors about QAn Aside

31 /-

c

5.- Building Even Better Chicks .,

30The Quartz Clock/Atoniic Clocks/The Ammonia Resonator/The Cesium, 1.!Resqnator/One

. .

Second in 370,000 Years/Atomic Definition of the Second/The Rubidium Resodator/The: Hydrogen Maser/Can We Always Bultld- a Better Clock?

n,'6. The "Correct Time" for! the Man in the Street ,

Modern MechanicarWatches/Electric and Electronic Watches /The Quart rystal Watch/4

ch/,How Much Does "The Time" Cost? 4

t'41%

7. Time Scales

III. FINDING AND KEEPING THE TIME

t''Tie Calendar/The Solar_Day/The Stellar or Sidereal Day/Earth Rotation/The,,' Continu-ing Search for More Uniform Time: Ephemeris Time/How Long Is a Second ?/"Rubber"Seconds/The New UTC, System andlthe Leap Second/The Length of the Year/The Keel)...ers of Time/U. S.' Tithekeepers/The Bureau International de I'Heure

8. The ClOck behi the ClockFlying C cks/Time on a Radio Beam/Accuracy/Cove e/Koliability/Otheri, Considera-tions/Ot er Radio Schemes

9. The Time Sign Its Way*? Choosin a Frequency /Very Low Frequencies/Low Frequencies/Medium Frequencies/

Higitjrequencies/Very. High Frequencies/Frequencies .above 300 MHz/NoiseAddita-tive and Multiplicative /Three Kinds of Time Signals

t

C

59

71

79

Page 8: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

THE USES OF TIME

10.. Standard TimeStandarti,Tirne Zones and Daylight-Saving Time/Time as a Standard/Is a Second Reallya. Second?/Who Cares about the Time?

11. Time, The Great Organizer. .

Electric Power/Modern Communication Systems/Transportation/Navigation by RadioBeacons/Navigation by Satellite /Some Common and Some Far-out Useut Time and Fre-quency Technology

,) 1 -

,.

V

TIME, SCIENCE, AND TECHNOLOGY

12. Time" and MatheinatiTaking. Apart and Putting Together4Slicing up the Past and the FuJe--Calculus/Con-

1

ditions and Rules/Getting at the Truth with Differential Calculus/NeW-ton's Law of Gravi-tation/What's Inside the Differentiating Machine?An Aside

13.. Time and PhysicsTime is Relative/Time Has Direction/Time Measurement IS Limited/Atomic,and Gravita-tional Clocks/The Struggle to Preserve k Symmetry/The Direction of Time and Time Sym-etriesAn Aside

69

113

123

'14....

Time and Astronomy. .

135Measuring the Age of the Universe/The Expanding Universe/Time Equals Distance/Big ..-1\Bapg or Steady State ?/Stellar Clocks/White Dwarfs/Neutron .Stars /Black Holes/TimeComes to a Stoop/Time, , Distance, and Radio,, Stars

L - ,-15. Clockwork and Feedback /

A----143

Open-Loop Systems/Closed-Loop Systems/The Response Time/Systent---Magaification orGain/Recognizing the Signal/Fourier's "Tinker Toys"/Finding the Signal/Choosing aControl System 0

k.. u

I16. Time as nformation . 151.

. t , _ .Three Kinds of Time Inforination Revisited/Geological Time/Interchanging Time and

' Location Information/Time as Stored Information /The Quality of Frequency and TimeInformation

17. The Future of TimeUsiAg Time to Increase, Space/Time and Frequency InforniationWholesale and Retail/TimgeDissemination/Clocks in the Future/The Atom's Inner Metronome/Time Scales ofthe Future The Question of LabelingA Second is a Secon, is a Second/Time throughthe Ages/What Is Time, Really?/Particles Fasterithan Lightl--An Aside

a

159

Page 9: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

.. ,-.0PREFACE AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

.1....

, .This is a book for laymen. I offers an. introdUction_t_a_time, timekeepig, and the usev of..time. informa-tion, especially in .the _scientific and_technicalareas, It is impossible, to-consideltirne and timekeeping without including historical and p ilosophical aspects of the 'subject, liut we haVe merely dabbled in theSe. We

. hope historians and ,philosopiae .swill forgive our shallow coverage of their important contributions to man'sunderstanding of time, and that scientists will be forbearing, toward ou,,, simplified account of scientific .

thought on time in the interest of presenting a reasotiably complete view in a limited number of pages.Time is an essential:comPenent in .most disciplines of science ranging from astronomy to nuclear physics.

It is also a practical necessity in managing ourieveryday lives, in such obvious ways as getting to workon M.!, and ..in countless ways that rlibst persons have never realized, as,ove shall see. .

Because of the many asSociations of time, we have introduced a ceiCn'uniformity of'language and defi-nition which. the specialist will. realize is .somewhat foreign tehis particular field. This compromise seemed

. necessary in a book directed to the general reader. Today the UniteNtates and ome parts of the rest of

We have also used the An Ofinilions of billion and tron; thus , 1000 millien, andaitthe world are in the process of converting to the metric system of meas ireTent, vhich we. use in this book.

trillion means 1000' billion.Several sections-in this booke--the "asides" printed over a light blue backgroundare included for the

reader who wishes, to explore a little more fully a particular subject area. These may be safely ignored; how-ever, by the reader who wishes to move on to the next major topic, since,understanding the bool6 does notdepend upon reading these. more "in-depth' sections. di- ,

-This book could not have been written witho&t the help and support of a' number of interested persons.

James A. Barnes, Chief of the Time and Frequency Division of the Natural Bureau of Standards, firstconceived the idea of writing a book of this kind. He has contributed materially` tO its contents, and hassteadfastly sup rted the authors in their writing endeavors. George Kamas-, also of the Time and Fre-quency Division, played,the role of devil's advoc , and for this reason many muddy passages have beencast out or rewritten. Critical and constructive comments from many others also helped to extend andclarify many of the concepts presented. Among ese are Roger E. Beehler, Jo Emery; Helmut Hellwig,Sandra Howe, Howland Fowler, Stephen Jarvis, best Mahler, David Rdssell, and Collier Smithall mem-bers of, the National Bureau of Standa'rds staff. ThankS go also to John Hall and William Klepczynski' ofthe United States Naval Observatory, and Neil Ils-hby, Professor of Physics at the University of Colorado.Finally, wg thank Joanne Dugan, who has diligently and good naturedly prepared the manuscript in the face

. , .of a parade of changes and rewrites. -$

4 ( .DEDICATION 1

..v. ,i

The authors dedicate this book-to the many who hav, contributed to man's understanding of the conceptof time, and -especially to 'Andrew Jam Jesp sen, father of one of the authors whoas a railroed manfor almost 40 yearsunderstands' bett6r

esthan st the need for accurate time7,,,,and who contributed ''sub-

stantially to one of the chapters.

vil,

o

Page 10: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

tzt

L.

4r.

AL.

at

Page 11: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

2

I

THE nIbpLE OP. .TIME

1. The Riddle of Time . kThe Nature of Time

.What Is Time? .Date, Time Interval, and SynchronitatioriAncient Clock Watchers ,- ' rClocks in Nature " ,Keeping Track of the Sun and Moon .

3455678

Everything Swings , 1----1iGetting Time fro* Frequency \ 13What Is a Closk? 14The Earth-Suno,Clock 15

'Meter-Sticks to Measure. Time 16What Is a Standard? 17How Tithe Tells Us Where in the

.

Woaid We are . t 18Building a Clock that Wouldn'tGet Seasick . '19Thinking )3ig and Thinking SmallAnAside on' Numbers 0. 9

4

6

,

/.."

e

t4

)

Page 12: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

EVERY DA,3 BUT WHATOF COURSE. WE' USE .1'r(

IS iT ?

1

Chapter2 3 a4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17.18 19 20 2122 23 24.25 26 2/' '229 30 31

THE RIDDLEOF TIME

It's esent everywhere, but occupies no -2'7

spacWe can measure it, ,but we can't see ittbucts it, get rid of it, or put it-in a con-tainer. ' :Everyone knows what it Is *lnd uses, itevery_. dy, but no one has. been able 'todefine it. .. -...

...

*-We,,can spend it, salve it, waste it, or kill it,but we can'ecfetroy it or, even change it,and there's nev'e,(any

%

afore or less of it. f'

o.

All of these' statements apply to time. Is it any .w9nder, thatscienti ike Newton, DesCartes, and Einstein spent years stdy-ing, t ng about, arguing over, and trying to define iiine-L.and

12.

a

Page 13: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4

LENGTHASS

TIMETEMPERATURE

...1111111.

PAST Nay FUTURE

still were not satisfied with their answers? Today's scientists havedone no better. The riddle of time continues to baffle, perplex, fas-cinate, and challenge. Pragmatic physicists cannot help becomingphilosophicaleven metaphysicalA'vhen they start pursuing theelusive concepts of time.,,,Much has been written of a scholarly and philosophical

nature. But time plays .a vital and practical role in the everydaylives of us all and it is this practical role which we shall explorein this book.

s.1

THE NATURE OF TIME

Time is a necessary' component of many mathematical formu=las and physical functions. It is one of several basic ,quantitifrom which most physical measurement systems- are deriveOthers are length, temperature, and mass. Yet time is unliklength or mass or temperature in several ways. For instance--

We can see distance and we feel weightand temperature, but time cannot be ap-prehended by any of the physical senses.We cannot see, hear, feel, smell, Or taste

. time. We know it only through cmscious-ness, or through observing its effects.Time "passes," and it moves in only onedirection. We can travel from New York

4 to-San Francisco or from San Francisco toNew York, moving "forward" ig eithercase. We can weJ,ph the grain produced onan acre of land, beginning at any point,and progressing with any measure -next,"But when we think of time, in even thecrudest terms, we must always think of itas now, before now, and after now. Wecannot do anything in either/the past orthe futUreonly "now.""Now" is constantly changing. We can buya- good one-foot ruler br meter-stick, or aone-gram weight, or even a thermometer,put it away in a drawer or cabinet, anduse it whenever we wish. We can forget itbetween usesfor a day or a week or tenyearsand find it as useful when we bringit out as when we put it away. But a"clock"the "measuring stick" for timeis useful only if it is kept "running." If weput it away in a drawer and forget it, andit "stops," it becomes useless until it is"started" again, and "reset" from informa-tion available only.from another clock.We can write a postcard to a friend andask him how long his golf clubs are orhow much his bowling ball weighs, andthe answer he sends on another postcard

Page 14: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

gives us useful information. But if We writeWO ask ,tiA what time it isand he goes-to great' pains to get an accurate answer,which he writes on another postcardwell,Othibusly before he writes it down, his in-formation is no longest. valid or useful.

. This fleeting and unstable nature of time makes its measure-ment a much more complex operation than the measurement oflength or mass or temperature..

WHAT IS TIME?

Time is a physical quantity that can be observed and meas-ured with a clock of mechanical, electrical, or other physicalnature. Dictionary definitions bring out some interesting pO'ints:

timeA nonspatial continuum in whichevents occur in apparently irreversible suc7cession from past through present to thefuture. An interval separatihg two points onthis continuum, measured essentially byselecting a regularly recurring event, suchas the sunrise, and counting the number of -its recurrences during the interval ofduration.

American Heritage Dictionary

time-1. The period during which anaction, process, etc. continues; measuredor measurable duration . .7. A definitemoment, hour, day, or' year, as indicatedOP fixed by the clock or calendar.

Webster's New Collegiate Dictiohary

At least part of the trouble in agreeing on what time is lies inthe use of the single word time W denote two distinct concepts.The first is date or when an event happens. The other is timeinterval, or the "length" of time between two events. This distinc-tion is important, and is basic to the problems involved in meas-uring time. We shall have a great deal to say about it.

DATE, TIME INTERVAL, AND SYNCHRONIZATIONWe obtain the- date of an evtnt by counting the number of

Cycles, and fractions of -cycles, of periodic events, such as the sunas it appears in the sky and the earth's movement around the'sun,beginning at some agreed-upon starting point. The date of an event'might be 13 Febzuary 1976, 14h, 35m, 37.27s; h, m, and s denotehours, minutes, and seconds; the 14th hour, on a 24-hour clock,would be two o'clock in the afternoon.

In the. United States literature on navigation, satellite track-ing,.and geodesy, the word, "epoch" is sometimes used in a similiarsense to the word "date." But there is considerable ambiguity inthe word "epoch," and we prefer the term "date," the precise

Oran ED-To Avuea YOUR epoisrio,":1.14Y (LOSS ARE /02 cm. 1-00-47----

2-My 80,11.14,6 ELUL WEial-ts i Ka.

IVE rime is 2: VI AM.>eons,

.5eRRY

5

Page 15: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

es

WHEN ?

HOW LONG ?

TOGETHER!

+0'

meaning of which is neither ambiguous nor in conflict with other,more popular uses.

Time _interval may or may not. be associated with a specificdate. A' person timing the movement of a horse around a race-track, for example, is concerned with the Minutes, seconds, andfractions of asecoud between the moment the horse leaves the gateand the moment it crosses the finish line. The -date is of interestonly if he must have the horse at a particitlar track at a certainhour bn a certain Mg.

Time interval is of vital imeans literally ''timing togeto be separated by several kiemy by attacking at the same

ortance to synchrodization; whith' Two military units that expect

s may wish to surprise the en-ent from opposite slides. So before

parting, men from the two units synchronize their watches. 1*persons who wish to communicate with each other may not be crit-ically interested iri the date of:their communication, di even inhow long their communication lasts. But unless tjaeir equipment isprecisely synchronized, their Messages will ge garbled. Manysophisticated electronic communications systems, navigation sys-tems, and proposed aircraft collision-avoidance systems have littleconcern with accurate dates;-bift they delidnd for their very exist-ence on extremely accurate synchronizatiim.

The problem of synchronizing two or friore time-measuringdevicesgetting them to 'measure time interval accurately andtogether, very piecisely, to the. thousandth or millionth of a secondpresents a continuing challenge to electronic technology.

ANCIENT CLOCK WATCHERS

Among the most fascinating remains of many ancient civiliza-, .

tions Are their elaborate time-watching devices. Great stone struc-tures like Stonehenge, in Southern England, and the 4,000-year-oldpassage grave of Newgrange, near Dublin, Ireland, that have chal-lenged anthropologists and archaeologists for centuries, haveproved to be observatories for watching the movement of heavenlybodies. Antedating writing within the culture, often by centuries,

Page 16: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

.these crude clocks and calendars were developed by primitive peo-ples on all parts of our globe. Maya and Aztec cultures developedelaborate calendars in Central and North America. And even todayscientists are finding new evidence that stones laid out in formation on our own western plains,- such as the Medicine Wheel innorthern Wyoming, formerly thought to have only a religious pur-pose, are actually large clocks. Of course they had religious signifi-cance, also, for the cycles of lifethe rise and fall of theltides, andthe coming and going of the seasonspowers that literally con-trolled the lives of primitive peoples as they do our.46Wn, naturally.

(4 .evoked a sense of mystery and inspired awe And worship.Astronomy and timeso obviously beyond the influence or

control of man, so obviously much older thtn anything the oldestman in the tribe could remember and as nearly "eternal" as any-thing the human mind can comprehendwere of great concern toancient peoples everywhere.

CLOCKS IN NATURE

v.* The movements of the sun,_ moon, and stars are easy toobserve, and one can hardly escape being conscious of them. But ofcourse there are countless other cycles and rhythms going onaround usand inside of usall the time. Biologists, botaniSts,and, other life scientists study but do not yet fully understandmany "built in" clocks that regulate basic life processesfromperiods -of animal gestation and ripening of grain toinigrations of'birds and fish; from the rhythms 'of heartbeats and breathing to

`those of the fertile periods of female animals. These scientists talkabout "biologicartime," and have written whole books about it.

Geologists also are aware of great cycles, each One coveringthousands or millions cyf years; they speak and write in terms of"geologic time." Other scientists have identified quite accurately.the rate of decay of atoms of various elementssuch as carbon 14,for example. So. they are able to tell with considerable dependabil-ity the age of anything that contains carbon 14. This includeseverything that was once alive, such as a piece of wood'ihat could .0.

have been a piece of Noah's. Ark or the mummified body, Of a kingor a pre-Columbian armer.

7

I

J

I-1MM A MERE250 MILLIONYEARS OLD!

1u

A

X.'"-':\0/0e

Page 17: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

KEEPING TRACK OE THE SUN AND MOON

Some of the stone .structures of the earliest, clock watcherswere apparently planned for celebrating a single dateMidsum-mer Day, the day of the Summer solstice, when the time from sun-rise to sunset is the longest. It occurs on June 21-22, depending onhow near the year is to leap year.For. thousands of years, the"clock" that consists of the earth and the sun. was. sufficient to reg-ulate daily activities. Primitive peoples got up and began theirwork at sunrise and ceased work at sunset. They rested and atetheir main meal about .noon. They didn't need to know time anymore accurately than this.

But there were other dates and anniversaries of ,interest ; andin many cultures calendars were developed on the basis of the rev-olutions of the sun, the moon, and the seasons.

If we think of time in terms of cycles of regularly recurringevents, then we see that timekeeping

mostbasically a system of

counting thesg cycles. The simplest and most obvious to start withis dayssunrise to sunrise, or more usefully, noon to noon, sincethe "time" from noon! to noon is, for most praCtieal purposes,always the same, whereas the hour of sunrise varies much morewith the season.

CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO COPYRIGHT RESTRICLIONS.

4,

One can count noon to noon with very simple equipmentastick in the sand or an already existing post or tree, or even one'sown. shadow. When the shadow points due North if one is in thenorthern hemisphereor when it is the shortest, the sun, is at itszenith; and it is noon. By making marks of a. permanelIt or semi-permanent nature, or by laying out stones or other objects in apreplanned way, one can keep track of and count days. Withslightly more sophisticated equipment, one can count full moonsor monthsand .the revolutions of the earth Around the sun, oryears.

It '4ould have been convenient if these cycles' had beenneatly divisible into one another, but they are not. It takes theearth about 3651/4 days to complete its cycle,around the sun, andthe moon circles the earth about 13 times in 364 days. This gave

Page 18: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

early' astronomers, mathematicians, anti calendar makers some'tetorny problems to work out.

THINKING BIG AND THINKING SMALL-AN ASIDE ON NUMBERS

Some scientisis, such as geologists and paleontologists, thinkof time in terms of thousands and millions of yearS. In their ver-nacular a hundred years more or less is insignificanttoo.small torecognize or t6 measure. To other scientists, such as engineers whodesign sophisticated communication systems and navigationterns, one or two seconds' variation in a year is intolerable becauseit causes them all sorts of problems. They think in terms of thou-sandths, millionths, and billionths of a second.

The numbers they use- to express these very small "bits" oftime , are 1very large. of a second, for example, is one

. 1,000,0001microsecond.

1,000,000,000 of '''Srcoed is one nanosecond. To keep,

from having. to deal with these cumbersome figures in working outmathematical formulas, they use a kind of shorthand, similar tothat used by mathematicians to express a number multiplied byitself several or many times. Instead of writing 2 x 2 X 2, forexample, we write 23, and say, "two to the third power," Similarly,

instead of writing 1 or even .000001, scientists who work1,000,000'

with very small fractions express a millionth as 10'6., meaning 0.1multiplied by itself 6 tiles. A billionth of a seco-nd,or nanosecond,is expressed as.10-3 second, which is 0.1 multiplied by itself 9 times.They say, "ten to the minus nine power."

A billionth of a second is an alrhost inconceivablx small bitman thousands of times smaller than the,smallest posaible "bit",

len h or mass that can be measured. We- cannot Think con-cretely bout how small -a nanosecond is; but to give some idea, theimpulses that "trigger" the picture lines on the television screencone, just one at a time, 'at the rate of 15,750 pei- second. Thewhole picture "starts over, f' traveling left to right, one line.at atime, the 525 lines on the picture tube, '30 times a. second. At thisrate it would take 63)000 nanoseconds just to trace out one line.

Millionths- and billionth's of a second cannot, of course, bemeasured with a. mechanical Clock at all. But today's ejectrOnicdevices can count them accurately and display the count in usable,meaningful terms.:

6 3 MICROSECONDS

525LINES

30ES/SEC

Whether one is counting hours or microseconds, the principleis essentially the same, It's simply a matter of diyiding units to becounted into identical, manageable groups. And since time moves

'steadily in a "straight line" and in only one direction, counting theswings or ticks of the timerthe frequency with which they occur

easier than counting the pellets in a pailful of buckshot, forexample. "Bits" of time, whatever their': size, follow one another'single file, like beads on a string; and whether, we're dealing withten large bitshoUrs, for exampleor 200 billion small bits, such

I "U

RACE MOVES SACKTO LEFT EDGE OFSCREEN TO STARTNEW LINE

Page 19: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

A'

as-Inicroseconds, all we need to do is to count them as they passthrough a "gater and keeps track of the count.

It.s, The "hour"- hand on a clock divides a day evenly into 12 or, 24hourts--depending on how the clock face and works: are designed.The "minute" hand divides the* hour evenly into 60 minutes, andthe "second" hand di,ides the minute evenly, into 60 seconds. A."stop watch". has a finer dividera hand that divides the secondsinto tenths of a secOrrid.

When we hav, large groups of identical items to count, weoften find it faster'and more convenient to count by tens, dozens,hundreds, or some other number. Using the same principle, elec-tronic devices can 'count groups of ticks or oscillations from a fre-quency source, add them together, and display the, results inwhatever way one may. wish. We May have a device; for example,that counts groups of 9,192,631,770 oscillations of a cesium-beam

) atomic frequency standard, and sends a special tick each time thatnumber:is reached; the result will be very precisely measured, one-second intervals between ticks. Or we may want to use muchsmaller bitsmicroseconds, perhaps. So we set 'our electronic di-vider to group counts into millionths of a second, and to displaythem on an oscilloscope.

Electronic counters, dividers, and multipliers make it possiblefor scientists with the necessary equipment to "look at," and to putto hundreds of practical uses, very small bits of time, measured, toan accuracy of one or two parts in 1011; this is about 1 second in3,000 years.

Days, years, and centuries are, after all, simply' units of accu-mulated nanoseconds, m. roseconds, anthleconds.

19

Page 20: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Chapter)2 3 4 5'r 6 7

1Q 11 12 13.1415 '16 17. 18 19 20.,2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31.

EVERYTHINGSWINGS

The earth swings around the sun, and the moon swingsaround the earth. The earth "swings" around its own axis. Thesemovements can easily be observed and charted, from almost anyspot on earth. The observations were and are useful in keepingtrack of time, even though early observers did not understand themovements and often were completely wrong about the relation-ships of heavenly bodies to one another. The "swings" happenedwith dependable regularity, over countless thousands of years, andtherefore enabled observers to predict the seasons, eclipses, andother phenomena with great accuracy, many years in advance.

When we observe the earth's swing around its axis, we see. only a part of that swing, or an arc, from horizon to horizon, as"the sun rises and sets. 'A big breakthrough in iimekeeping. camewhen -someone realized that another arcthat of .a free-swingingpendulumcould be harnessed and adjusted, and its swingscounted, to keep track of passing time. The accuracy of the pendu-lum clock was far superior to any of the many devices that had 'preceded itwaterclocks, hour glasses, candles, and 'so. on. Fur-thermore,' the pendulum made it possible to "chop up't- or refinetime into much smaller, measurable bits than had ever been' possi-ble before; one could measurel-quite roughly) to be sure secondsand even parts of seconds, and this was a great advancement.

The problem of keeping the pendulum swinging regularly wassolved at first by a system of cog wheels and an "escapement" thathad the effect of giving the pendulum a slight push with eachswing, in much the same way that a child's swing is keiit inmotion by someone pushing it. A weight on a chain kept the

,

11

Page 21: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

12-

ROPE 0/putJD,ARouho FUSE

ROPE

mAitoBRING

INSIDEBARREL

AS I Al-N SPRINGUNVIIJOS, LEVERAGEBETWEEN BARREL ANDFUSEE CHANGES \

BALANCEWHEEL

'RI- SPRING

log10

2ti logw io

Ids

0*Ids

(34 go X-RAYS10ts _

GAMMA RAYS

DRIVE TOCLOCK HANDS

AL/010LONG-WAVE RADIOSHORT-WAVE RADIO

TVINFRARED LIGHTVISIBLE LIGHT

Tieion

46

. escapement lever pushing tliel pendulum, as it does today in thecuckoo,clocks familiar in many homes.

But.then someone thought of another way to keep the pendu-lum swinginga wound-up sprig g courd supply the needed energyif there were a way to make t "push" from the partially woundspring the same, as/ itt. Was fro a tightly. wound spring. The"fusee"a comPrisated mechani that was used for 'only a briefperiod-1 -was the answer.

From this it was just o more 'step to apply a spring an4-- "balance wheel" systm directly to the pinions or cogs that turned`the hands, of the clock, and to eliminate the pendulum. The"swings' were all, inside the clock, and this saved space and madeit postible. to keep clocks moving even when they were mettkik,,around or laid on their side.

.But some scientists who saw a need for much more precis&tiirte measurement than could be achieved by conventional mechan-ical devices began looking at other things that swingor vibrateor oscillatethings that swing much faster than the humah sensescan count. The vibrations of a tuning fork; for instance, which, ifit swings at 440 cycles per second, is "A" .above ``Middle C" on ourmusic scale. The tiny tuning fork in an electric wrist watch, keptswinging-by electric impulses from a battery, hums along at 360vibrations or "cycles" per second.

As alternating- current electricity became generally availableat a.4eliable0 swings or cycles per secondor 60 hertz (50 insome areas) it was fairly simple to gear these-swings to the clockface of one of the commonest and most 'dependable time-pieces wehave today.. For most day-to-day uses, the inexpensive electric wallor desk clock driven by electricity from the locral power line keeps",fie time" adequately. .

But for some users of precise time these common measuringicks are as clumsy and unsatisfactory as a' liter measuring cup

would be for a merchant who sells perfunieliy the dram. Thesepeople need something that cuts time up with swings much fasterthan 60ths or 100ths of a second. The power company itself, tosupply electricity at a constant 60 hertz, must be able to measureswings at a much faster rate. .1

Power companies, telephone companies, radio iiand television.- broadcasters, and many other users of precise tie have longdepended On the swings or vibrations of quartz crystal oscillators,activated by an electric current, to' divide time intervals intomegahertz, or millions of cycles per second. The rate at which the.crystal oscillates is determined by the thicknessor thinnesstowhich it is ground. Typical frequencies are 2.5 or 5 megahertz(MHz)-2I/2 million or 5Million swings per second.

Incredible as it may seem, it is quite -possoible to measureswings even much faster than this. What gwingS faster? Atoms do.One of the properties of each 'element in -the chemistry PeriodicTable' of Elements is,the set of rates at which its atoms" swing. orresonate. A hydrogen atom, for example, has one of its resonant

21

,

Page 22: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

-freqUencies. at 1,420,405,752 Odes per second, or hertz. A- rubi-dium atom has one at 6,834,682,608 hertz, and a cesium atom at4;192,631,7'lb hdrtz. These are some of the atoms moss commonly

c.used in measuring sti i s for precise titlethe "atomic clock's"\ maintained by televisi n network irlastenstations, some scientificlabor#9,ries, and others. Primary time standards, such as thosemaintained by the U.S. Naval' Observatory or' the Nktional Bureauof Standards,,are "atomic . ,

.

Everything swings, and anything that swings at a constantrate cair be used as a' standard fiir measuring time interval.

GETTING TIME FROM 'FREQUENCY,

The 'sun as it appears in the skyor the "apparent sun"crosses the zenith or highest point in its aro with a "frequency" ofonce a day, and 3651% times a year: A merFonom-d ticks off. evenlyspaced intervals of time to help a musician maintain the time or.tempo of a composition he is studying. By moving the weight onits pendulum he can. slow the metronome's "frequency" or speed itup.

Anything that swings evenly can be used to measure timeinterval simply by counting and keeping track of the number ofswings or ticksprovided we know how many swings take place ina 'recognized unit of time, 'such as a day, an bour, a minute, or asecond. In other words, we can measure time intervaltif we knowthe, frequency o these swings. A man shut up in a dungeOn, wherehe'cannot see th sun, could keep a fairly accurate record eof pass-ing time by .cou ing his own heartbeat if he knew how manytimes his heart beats in one minuteand if he has nothing to dobut count and keep track of the number.

1141 7q1 Ji44v.,

11.11

tf4/ ti41 11111 11[...4)flt 111-1 tf14

ttil ttli rttl

141/ 111 1H4

tta tit1 THI 14 Iln ttl II

The term frequency is commonly used to describe swing* towfast to be counted by the human ear, and refers to the number ofswings or cycles per secohdycalled hertz (Hz), after HeinrichHertz, who first demonstrated the existence of radio waves.

If' we can count and keep track of the cycles,..of our swingingdeviee,:we can construct a time interval at feast g accurate as the

ra

N

13

1i

Page 23: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

14

r

A ...,, , , . . ,

device itself-Leven to millionths or billionths of 'a, second.-And' byaddink these small, identical bits together, we can Teague any"length" oV-time, from 'a fraCtiOn of a second to an hour.,-or aweek or a month ea century.. ,

Of course, the most ,precise and accurate measuring device inexistence cannot tell us the dateunless-we: have a source to tell,,uswhen to start counting the Swings. But if we know this, and if ;weteep our swinging device ,`running," we 'can keep track of.bothtime interval and date by counting the cycles of our device. % ,

153

14-3.ABOUT

Is

+71METAL CAPSULE

- CONTAINING QUARTZClYSTAL USED INtvaisT WATCHES

WHAT IS A CLOCK?

Time "keeping'' is ,simply a matter of counting cycles or unitsof time, A iclock is what itlogt the counting. In a more strictdefln-tion, a clock also keeps track of its count and displays what it Hascounted. But in brdad sense, the earth and ,the s are a clock

, the'commonest and t ancient giock we have, and he basis of allY.tiler clocks.

When ancient peoples put a sti9k in the,ground to observe themovement of iimrshadow from sunrise to sunset, it was fairly easyand Certainly a natural step to mark off "noon" and other pointswhere the' shadow lay .at- other times 'of dayin other words, to:make wsundial. Sundials cair tell the time quite reliably when the 1(,

r sun is shining. But, of course, 'they are of no use At all when the ,sun is not shining. So people made mechanical,devices ca led clocksto interpolate or keep track of time between checks with the sun.The sun was a sort of '``master clock" that served- as a primarytimes scale by which the( man -made, secondary clocks were cali-brated and adjusted.

Although some early clocks used the, flow of water or sand tomeasure passing taw:tithe most satisfactory clocks were those thatcounted the swings of a pendulum or of a balance wheel. Quiterecently in the history of timekeeping, men have developedextremely accurate clocks that count° the vibrations of a quartzcrystal activated by an electric current, or the resonances of atomsof-selected elements such as rubidium or cesiumr Since "reading"such .a clock requires' counting millions or billions of cycles per sec-ondin contrast to the relatively slow 24-hour cycle of the earth-sun clockan atomic clock requires much' More (sophisticatedequipment for making its count. But .giyen the necessary equip--ment, one can read an atomic clock witli Much ,greate# ease, inmuch less time, and with many thousands of times greater preci-sion than he can read the earth-sun clock.

A mechanism that sir swings or ticksa clockwOrk witljapendulutn, for example, itlioUt hands or faceis not, strictlyspeaking, a clock. The swings or. ticks are meaningless, or 'ambiguous, until we are able to count them and until we establish "somebase from which to start counting. In other words,. until we'hookup "hands" to keep track of the count, and put those hands over aface with numbers that help us count the ticks and oscillations andmake not of the accumulated count, we don't have a useful device.

Page 24: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

' . -1i.

. The familial, 12-hour crock facets simply a convenient way, to P

keep track of the ticksz_e_tyLsiVti o count. It serves very well formeasuring time interval, in-hours, minutes, and seconds, up to. a',maximum of 12' hours. The-less familiar' 24-hotir cliickface.serhs *.

as a'measure`of time inteirvar up 0.24 hours. Bit neither will tell.. -us-anything about the day, month, or year.

...

THE EARTH-SUN CLOcK.

As we have observed, the spin of the earthhon its axis and itsrotation around the sun provide the ingred is for a clockavery fine clock that we. crn certainly never g t along without. Itmeets many of the most exacting, requirements that the scientificcommunity today makes for.an acceptable standard: 4.

' .' ,1 'It is universally available.:Aswie, tilmost/

anywhere on earth, can readily read anduse -it. -4

It is reliable. There is no foreseeable 1

possibility that it may stop or "lose"' thetime, as is possible with' all man-madeclocks. , ,411

` It has great over-all stability: On the basis a, STABILITYo s time scale, scientists can predict 4., hings as the hour, minute, and sec- c

sunrise and sunset at any part of ',-- ' Lie; eclipses of the sun -and moon,,

other time- oriented events, hundredsor thousands of years,,inadvance.'

In addition, it involves no expnse of operation for anyone;there is no possibility of international diSagreement as to "wh e"sun is the authoritative one,, and no responsibility for keep g it

..._running or adjusted.

15ti

4

AVAILABItITI

RELIABILITY

:

CARTOON 'DELETED FROM l'HIS PAGE DUE TO ,COPYRI.GHT RESTR

.11

this ancient and horfOred, timepiece has somes'erious mitatirs. As timek4eping devices were improved andbecame more commonand as the study of the earth and the uni-verse added facts and figures to those established by earlierobserversit became possible, to measure ciliate precisely some ofthe phenomena that had long-been known in a general way, or at

Page 25: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

16 -)1.,,_

- . I Aleast su etted. Among them' was the fact that the earth-sun clock

.,, is not, b more precise standards, a very stable timepiece.

-, ' fic----t-tT-. --- ... es',Ttie- earth's orbit around 4tie sun is ne-

a pedecr'circie but is ellliatical; so tik.- earth travels _faster when it is nearer the:"4.

stows °' ... n than when it is farther away. % wiL4). The earth's axis is tined to the plane cop- ',..

talning ita,o,rbit around the sun.. The earth spins at an iriegujavate aro

. .its axis of rotation., 77 I -;1, ,

d , . It also wobbles onkCs &xis. ..)4./, . . I

.)* For all of theSe reasons the earth: ,sun clock is of an accurateclock. The first two facts ,alone cause the day, as measured by a.sun dial, to differ from time, as. we reckon it tod , by about 15minutes a,day in,_February and:Nov,ember. These e cts are pre-dictable and cause no serious problem, but there are a signifi-cant, unpredictable variations:.

Gradually, man-made clocks became so much more stable andprecise than the earth-sun clock as time scales for measuring shorttime intervals that solar time had to be "corrected." As mechanicaland electrical timepieces became more common and more dependalble, as well as easier to Use, nearly everyone looked to theni for thetime and forgot about he earth-sun clock as the master clock.Pegple looked at a cloc to see what time the sun rose, instead oflooking at the sunrise to see what time it was.

P

. CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE -TO COPYRIGHT:RESTRICTIONS .

t

tf

METER-STICKS TO, MEASURE TIME

6.

If we have to weigh a truckload of sand, a bathroom scale isof little use. Nor is it of any use for finding, out whether a -letter

Page 26: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

will need,one pest* stiamp or tWo.- A metetstick is. all right formeasuring centimeters- unless we want to measure la thousand orteri thousand meters brit it won't do for measuring accurately the:al-A/ fess of an eyeglass lens: -

Furthermore, if We order a bolt %6pf inch in diameter:and8?%6 inches long ---and our supplier has only a meter-stick, he willhave fo' tte someoirithmeti.c.before he can fill our' Order: Hig scaleis different from ours. Length and rnasa can be chopped up intoany precleterntined siz.e tits anyone Wishes. Caine §,izes, of course,`are 'easier & Work with than Others, and so have 'come; into -1csimrnonsuse.:Ihe importanl point is:that everyone- Concerned With.

. the theassigemknttauees'on wliat the scateis to beAeOtherivfge aliter of tomato tiiee measured, by thejnit§t.prodessoA scale mightbe quite .differ3nt from ti.ie liter of gasoline .meas,ured by the oilcompany's scale.

is measured by a scale, ica,Ftn- prat t. i reasonw etealready existing scale, set by the spinning of the eartiv,on ifs:`axis-.-and the rotation of: the earth. aro nd the sun; provides the basicse.sile from which others have be derived.

WHAT IS A STANDARD ' . e.

We have noted that t important thing about measurement is.that there be general agreement an exactly what the.scdle is to be,ands-how the basic unit of 'that scale is to be .defined. In -otherwords, there must be agreement upon the standard against which'all other measurements' and calculations will be compared. In theUnitgd % States the standard unit for measuring length, isthe meter, The basic unit for measurement of mass is the kilogram.

.The basic unit for measuring time is the second: The secondmultiplied evenly by 60 gives us minutes, or by t3600 gives ushours. The length of days, and *even years, is Measured by thebasic unit of time, the second. Time intervals of leas than a secondare measured in 10ths, 1Q0ths, 1000ths-gon down to billionths of asecond.

Each basic unit of measurement is very exactly and explicitly OF Codefined by international agreement; and then each nation directs a , . sclik 44government agency to .make standard. units *available to anyone 11.4 tiv4 0who wants them. 1/-1,9'11Country, the National Bureau of Stand . 4/ 0arks (NBS), a part of the Department of Commerce with head- 43, ff)

qiiakers in Gaithersburg,- Maryland, provides the primary stand- * *and references- for ultirnate calibration of the many standard z . u)esweights and measures nee0ed for .checking scales in drug and' vgro- A tteery stAes, the meters' that measure the gasoline we pumpilto S

4, 0,v4-Dur cars, the octane of that gasoline, the purity of the old. our -17-4 .0"jewelry of dental repairs, the strength of the steel used in automo- , 464'

EAU Of)Ile part hildren's tricycles; and countless other things that ;lave to do wi the safety, efficiency, and comfort of our everydayIves. ,. . .,

The National Bureau of Standards is also respongible fornaking the secondthe standard unit of time intervalavail-able ',

'el/ '

17

H

'

Page 27: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

18-

b to many thousandS of time users-everywherenot only thronihoutthe hind, but to ships at sea, planes in the air, and even vehiles in'outer. space- This is a tremendous, challenge, or the standardsecond, unlike the standard nikei or kilogram, c not be sent. inan envelope or box and put on a shelf for future erence, but I

must be supplied constantly, on a ceaseless basis, from Toment tomomentand even counted upon to give the date.

HOW TIME TELLS US WHERE IN THE WORLD WE ARE

One of the earliest, most vital, and universal needs for precisetime information wasand still isas a basis for place location.Navigators. of ships at sea, planes in the air, and even-small pleas-ure boats tnd private aircraft depend constantly and continuously -on time information to find out where they are and to, chart their,course. Mani people know this,.in a general way, but Yew under-

Ntanci how it wprks.

Prirnitive .man discovered long ago that the sun and stars) .

could aid him in his travels, especially on water where there are nofamiliar "signposts." 'Early explorers and adventurers in thenorthern hemisphere were particularly fortunate in. having a "polestar," the North Star, that appeared to be suspended in the north-ern, night sky ; it did not rotate .or change its position with respectto Earth as the other-stars did.

These early travelers also noticed that-as they traveled north-ward, the North Star gradually appeared higher and higher in thesky, until it was directly overhead at the North Pole. By meas-uring the elevation of the North Star above the horizon, then, anavigator could deterinine, his distance from the North Poleandconversely, his distance from the equator. An instrument called asextant helped him measure this elevatinn very accurately. Themeasurement is usually indicated in degrees- of latitude, rangingfrom 0, degrees latitude at the equator to '90 degrees of latitudeat the North Role.

Measuring distance and charting a course east or west, how-ever, presented a more complex problem because of the earth'sspin. But the p-roblem also provides the key to its solution.

4.e

Page 28: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

For measurements in the easb4est, direction, the earth's sur-face has been divided into lines of longitude, or meridians; onecomplete circuit around the earth equals 360 degrees of longitude,and all longitude lines intersect at the North and' South Poles. Byinternational agreement, the line of longitude that run's throughGreenwich, England, has been labeled the zero meridian; and lon-gitude is measured east and west from this meridian to the pointwhere the measurement& meet at 180 degrees, on the opposite sideof the earth from the zero meridian.

At any point on earth, the sun travels across the sky fromeast to west at the rate of 15 degrees in one hour, or one degree infour minutes. So if a navigator has a very accurate clock aboardhis shipone that can tell him very accurately the time at Green-wich or the zero median he can easily figufe his longitude. Hesimply gets the time where he is from the sun. For every fourminutes that his clock, showing Greenwich time, differs from thetime determinedlocally from the sun, he is, one degree of longitudeaway from Greenwich.

At night he can get his position by observing the location oftwo or more stars. The method is similar to obtaining latitudefrom the North Star. The difference is that 3,vhareas the NorthStar appears suspended in the sky, the other stars appear to movein circular paths around the North Star. Because oi' this, the navi-ator must km5w the time in order to .find out where he is. If he

s not know the time he can `read his location with respect toe stars, as they "move" around the North Star, but he has noay at all to tell where he is on earth ! His navigation charts tellm the'positions'of the stars at any given time at every season' of

the ar; so if 'he knows the time, he can find out here he issimply sy referring to two or morestars, and readin his charts.

The rinciple of the method is shown in the illus ration. Forevery star in the sky there is a point on the surface of the earthwhere the star appears directly overhead. This is Point A for Star#1 and Point B for Star #2 in the illustration. The traveler atPoint 0 sees Star #1 at some angle from the ovdrhead position.But as the illustration shows, all travelers standing on the blackcircle will see Star #1 at this same angle. By observing Star #2,the traveler will put himself on another circle of points, the bluecircle; so his location will be at one of the two intersection pointsof the bljie and the black circles.

He look at a third sta to c eose the 'correct intersectionpoint; or, as is more usually the ca e, he has at least some idea ofhis location, so that h_e_can pick the torretintersection point with-out further observaie'on.

The theory is simple. The Jig problem was that until about200 years ago, no one was able to make a. clock that could keeptime accurately at sea.

BUILDING A CLOCK THAT WOULDN'T GET SEASICK . .

'During the centuries of exploration of the world that laythousands of miles across uncharted oceans, the need for improved

I 1

GREENWICH,ENGLAND

Loh,0a7TuoE

TO sTAR*1

19

Page 29: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

20

v.

ROLLING. SEA

TEMPERATURESALT SPRAY

(navigation instruments became critical. Ship , building improved,Cf.and larger, stronger vessels made ocean tradeas well' as oceanwarfareincreasingly important. But too often ships laden withpriceless merchandise were lost at sea, driven off eourse by storms,with the crew unable to find out where they were or to chart acourse to a safe harbor.

Navigators had long bee- n able to read their catitude-north ofthe equator by measuring the angle formed by the horizon and theNorth Star. But east-west navigation was almost entirely a. matterof "dead reckoning." If only had a clock aboard that could tellthem the time at Greenwich, England, then it would be easy to findtheir position east or west of the zero meridian.

It was this crucial need for accurate, dependable clocks aboardships that pushed inventors into developing better and better time-pieces. The pendulum clock had been areal breakthrough, and anenormous improvement over any timekeeping device made before

Nt. But it was no use at all at sea. The rolling and pitching of theship made the'pendulum inoperative.

O AO4ia".

fj

In 1713 the British government offered an award of X20,000to anyone who could builds a chronometer that would sent' todetermine longitude to within 1/2 degree. Among the many crafts-men who-sought to wilt this handsome award was an English clockmaker named John Harrison, who spent more than 40 years tryingto meet the specifications. Each model became a bit more promis-ing as he found new ways to cope with the rolling seatemperaturechanges that caused intolerable expansion and contraction of deli-cate metal springs, and salt spray that corroded everything aboardship.

When finally he came up with a chronometer that heconsidered nearly perfect, the men of the'government commissionwere so afraid that it might be Jost at sea that they suspendedtesting it until Harrison had built a second unit identical with thefirst, to provide a pattern. Finally, in 1761 Harrison's son Wil-liam was sent on a voyage to Jamaica to test the instrument. Inspite of a severe storm that lasted for days and drove the ship faroff course, the chronometer proved to be amazingly accurate, losing

2 j

Page 30: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

,less than 1 minuteiovera period of many mouths and making itpossible for William t6 determine his longitude at sea within 18minutes of arc, or less than 1A df one degree. Harrison-claimed the120,000 award, part of which he had already received, and theremainder was pOd to him in various amounts over the next twoyearsjust three years before'his death.

For more than half a century after Harrison's chronometerwas accepted, an instrument of similar designeach one builtentirely by hand; of course, by a skilled horologistwas anextremely ,valuable and valued Piece of equipmentorie of the mostvital items aboard a ship. It needed very careful tendihg, and theone whose 'duty it was to tend it had a serious responsibility.

Today there may be almost as many wrist watches as crewaboard an oceattgoing ship=many of them accurate anddependable as Hallison's rrized chronometer. But the sin " chron-ometer, built on essentially the same basic principles as Harrison'sinstrument, is still a Most vital piece of the ship's elaborate corn:plement of navigation instruments.

21

I.

S.'"'

s.

NORTH

AMERICA0

0,-

,

`1

JAMAICA'

3

iJ

Page 31: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

A

A

Page 32: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

24

IIMAN-MADE CLOCKS AND WATCHES .

3. Early Man-Made Clocks 25Sand and Water ClocksMechanical Clocks-

2626

"

The. Pendulum Clock 27The Balance-Wheel Clack 27Further Refinements 28

The Search For Even Better Clocks 29

4. "0" Is for Quality 311- The Resonance Curve 32

The Resonance Curve and theDecay Time . '34Accuracy, Stability, and Q 35

High Q and Accuracy 35 .High Q and Stability 36Waiting to Find the Time 36

.. Pushing Q to the Limit 37

5. Building Even Better Clocks 39The Quartz Clock 40Atomic pocks 41

The Ammonia Resonator 42The Cesium Resonator 43

One Second in 370,400 Years 45Atomic Definition of the Second 45

The Rubidium Resonator ° .. 46'The Hydrogen Maser d 46

Can We AlwaYs Build a Better Clock? 48

6. The 'Correct Time" for the Man inthe Street 49. Modern Mechanical Watches 51 .

Electric and Electronic Watches 52The Quartz-Crystal Watch sgHow Mich Does "The Time" Cost?More about QAn Aside 33 ,

Page 33: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Chapter1 2 3 4 5 6 .78 9 10 11 12. 13 1415 16'17 f8 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 28290_80 31

EARLYMAN-MADE

CLOCKS ANDWATCHES

jhree young boys, lured by the-fine weather on a warm springday, decided to skip school in the afternoon. The problem wasknowi* when'to come home, so that their mothers would thinkthe e inerely returning from school. One of the boys had anold alarm Lock that would no longer run, and they quickly deviseda scheme: The boy with the clock set it by a clock at home when heleft after lunch at,12 :45. After they met they would take turns astimekeeper., counting to 60 and moving the minute hand ahead oneminute at a time!

Almost immediately two of the boys got into an argument overthe rate at which the third was counting, and he stopped countingto' defend his own judgment. They had "lost" the timecrude astheir system was--before their adventure was begun, and spentmost of their afternoon alternately accusing one another andtrying to estimate how much time their laaes in counting had con-

.

"Losing" the time is a constant problem even for timekeepersmuc more sophisticated than\ the boys with their old alarm clock.And lating the-clock so that it will "keep" time accurately,even with high-quality equipment, presents even greater chal-lenges..lenges. We have already discussed some of these difficulties, incomparison with the relatively simple keeping of a device formeasuring length or mass, for example. We've talked about what adock is, and have mentioned briefly several different kinds ofclocks. Now let's look more specifically at the components commonto all clocks; and the features that distinguish one kind of clockfrom another.

Sumed..'.1

25

Page 34: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

.2e

TRiPsWHEN

CUP ISFULL

EAi2LY CHINESEWATER CLOCK

SAND AND WATER .CLOCKS

The earliest clocks that have survived to the present timewere built in Egypt. The Egyptians constructed,both sundials andwater clocks. The water clock in its simplest form consisted of apalabaster bowl; wide at the top and narrow at the bottom, markedon the inside with horizontal "hour" marks. The bowl was filledwith water that leaked out through a small hole in the bottom. Theclock kept fairly uniform time because more water ran outbetween hour marks when the bowl was full than when it wasnearly empty and the water leaked out more slowly.

The Greeks and IlAtmans continued to rely on water and sandclocks,, and it was not until sometime between the 8th and 11thcenturies A.D. that th(Chinese constructed a clock that had someof the chdracterigtics of later "mecha,nical" clocks. The Chineseero'ekt was still basically a water clock, but the falling water pow-ered a water wheel with small cups- arranged at equal intervalsaround its rim. As a cup filled with water it became heavy enoughto trip a lever that allowed the next cup to move into place; andthus the wheel revolved in steps, keeping track of the time.

Many variations of the Chinese water clock were constructed,and it had become so popular by the early 13th century that a spe-cial guild for its makers existed' in Germany, But aside from thefact that the clock did not keep very good time, it also tended tofreeze in the western European winter.

The sand clocks introduced in the 14th century avoided thefreezing problem. But because of the weight of the sand, they werelimited to measuring short intervals of time. One of the chief usesof the. hour glass was on ships. Sailors threw overboard a log witha long raper attached to it. As the rope played jnto the. Water,they -counted knots tied' into it at equal intervA, for a specifiedperiod of time as determined by the sand, olock. This gave them acrude estimate 'of the speedor "knots"at which the ship wasmoving.

MECHANICAL CLOCKS

The first mechanical clock was built probably sometime in the14th century. It was powered by a weight attached to . a cordwrapped around a cylinder. The cylinder in turn was connected toa notched wheel, the crown wheel. The crown wheel was con-strained to rotate in steps by a vertical mechanism called a vergeescapement, which was topped by a horizOntal iron, bar, thewith movable weights at each end. The foliot was pushed first inone direction and thet\ the other by the crown wheel, the teeth ofwhich engaged small metal extensions called iiallets'at the top andbottom 2f the crown wheel. Each time the foliot moved back andforth, one tooth of the crown wheel was allowed to escape. Therate of the clock was adjusted bjr-`moving the weights in or out-along the foliot.

Page 35: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Sine the clock kept lime only to about 15 minutes a clay, itdid not need a minute hand. No two clocks kept the smile timebecause the, period was yetry dependent upon the friction betweenparts, the weight that drove the clock, and the .exact mechanicalarrangement of the parts of the clock. Later in the 15th Century'the weight was replaced by a 'spring in some clocks ; but this wasalso unsatisfactory, because the driving force of the spring dimin-ished as the spring unwound.

The Pendulum Clock -As long as the period ''of a clock depended primarily upon a

number of complicated factors such as friction between the part.%the force of the driving weight, or spring! and 'the skill of thecraftsman who made it, clock production was' a chancy affair,' withno tworclocks showing the same time, let aticrie keeping accurate,time'..What Was'neededlivas some sort of 'peribilic device whose fre-quency was essentially a 'property of the device itself and did not.,depend primarily on a number of external factors.

A pendulum is such a device. Galileo is credited with firstrealizing that the pendulum. could be the frequency-determiningdevice for a clock. As far as' Galileo could tell, the period of thependulum depended 'upon its length and not on the magnitude ofthe swing or the weight of the mass at the end of the string.'Laterwork showed that the period does depend slightly upOn the magni-tude of the swing, but this correction is small as long as the mag-nitude of the swing is small. -

Apparently Galileo did not get around'to building a pendulumclock before he, died in 1642, leaving this application of the princi-ple to the Dutch scientist Christian Huygens, who built his firstckk in 1656. Huygens' clock was accurate ton seconds a clayadrallatic improvement over the "foliot''' clock.

The Balance Wheel Clock,At the same time that Huygens was developing his pendulum.

clock, .the English scientist RObert Hooke was experimenting withthe idea of using a straight metal spring to regulate the 'frequency

,-fe

27

Page 36: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

28

Pe,

0

. (

of a clock. But it was Huygens It, in 1675, first successfully builta spring-controlled clock. He used a spiral spring, the derivative ofwhichthe "hair spring"is still employed in watches today. Wehave already told the story of John Harrison, the Englishman who`I builtbuilt a clock that made navigation practical. The rhythm of Har-rison's chronometer was maintained by the regular coiling andUncoiling of a spring. One of Harrison's chronometers gained only54 seconds during a five-month voyage to Jamaica, or about one-third second per day.

tttli, .

Further RefinementsThe introduction of the pendulum was a giant step in the his-

tory of keeping time. But- nothing material is perfect. Galileocorrectly noted that the period of the pendulum depends upon its -length; so the) search was on for ways to overcome the expansionand contraction of th length of the pendulum caused by changesin temperature. Experiments with different materialA. and combi-nations of metals greatly improved the situation. , .

But another troublesome problem was that as the pendulumswings biick and forth it encounters friction caused by air drag,.and the amount of drag changes with- atmospheric pressure. Thisproblem can be overcome by putting the pendulum in a vacuum tchamber; but even with this refinement there are still tiny,.amounts of friction that can never be completely overcome. So it islalways necessary to recharge the pendulum occasionally withenergy, but the very process of recharging slightly alters theperiod of the pendulum.

Attempts to overcome all of theSe difficulties finally led to a. clock that had two pendulumsthe "free" pendulum and the

"-grave" pendulum. The free pgndulum was the frequency-keepingdevice, and the slave pendulum' controlled the 'release of energy tothe free penduluth and counted its swings. This type of clock kept-time to a few seconds in five yearS.

. SCHEMATIC DRAWINGOF AN EARLY TWO -PENDULUM CLOCK.THE SLAVE PENDULUMTIMES THE RELEASEOF ENERGY VIA ANELECTRIC CIRCUIT TOTHE FREE PENDULUM,THUS AVOIDING ADIRECT MECHANICALCONNECTION BETWEENTHE FREE AND SLAVEPENDULUM.

4 i

Page 37: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

THE SEARCH FOR EVEN BETTER CLOCKS

If we areito build a better clock, we need to know mor abouthow a eiock'S major components contribute to its perfor ance. Weneed to understand "What makes it tick" So befortx4e begin thediscussion of today's advanced atomic, clocks, let's digress for afew pages to talk about the, basic components of all clocks and howtheir performance is measured. ,

97

- FrOM our. previous discussions we can identify three main fea-tures of all clocks :

We must have so device' that will pro-. duce a "periodic pheiomenon." We shall

call this device a resonator.We must sustain the periodic motion byfeeding energy to the resonator. We shallcall the resonator and the energy source,taken together, an oscillator.We need some means for counting, ac-cumulating) and displaying the ticks orswings of our oscillatorthe hands on theclock, for example.

All clocks have these three components in common.

FAUCET A !STORMED 014 SO WATER FLOWS. THROUGH HOSE NAND .

bRIPS (C) Arne RATE OF 60 DROPS PER MINUTE INTO-CUent D(ATTACHE) TO BOARD E). BUCKET PIVITS tAT-F WHEN WEIGHT. OF360TH DROP FALLS CAUSING

;BONE G IN DOG DISH H N(ATTACMED TO 8424RD E) TO i,GATAPLILT AGAINST CHIAIEsi'GoNG'1. WHICH wAKEs..Up l' . _

SLEEPiNG DOG J WHO11RETRIEVES BONE G AND j C - I

PLACES IT IN DOG DISH 14.Doc,a THEN GoES I Z iBACK TO / ,.......

SLEEP.,

. %`;,G \

NI"Floc)

Al:JOHNR088

.1 7,s r.-t.rtot' Ti

' a ;

HOUR .CLOCK

'RESONATOR

z

Page 38: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

-11L1`i1tika7

//:11.41.-7411,101/-/. 7.

.0. ...l r e!s:t%q ;a,(0::7

lte7---461r-

4 1

sue

y_...,.-

("ImPi"Z

0"

./-4/

/IvA

lliPILu-7761,414\fr=

a,

0111Ettref

: At! W

/4604

4ars=

Nia

ecif71 246:= . . ...----T

4 Itiri:A

i1:1,71r/i/V.--,

;Am

.1\'-,-.,,

-

/,\'\'\'S'''

a ...1.1 1 *OA

rLt4N

iAl\d

rr-173-"AA

Air

e-"" '"-1.!/

Z11

_

my?.

Insw

artc

AL

T

i.

Affirifi*

;77177-=

r711-

.02.:,1

AW

m*

N.):0

1

I

4,.

Page 39: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Chapter1 2 3 4 5 6 7'& 9:10 11 12 13 115.16.17 18 19 2022_3__24_25 26 27 2829 39. 31

31.

'74

An. ideal resonator would be ,oner'that, given a. single initial , -push, would run forever. But of cotirse this is not possible Innature; because of friction everything eventually "runs down." A-swinging pendulum comes to a standstill unless we keep replenish-ing its energy to keep it going.

Some fesorators, howevgi, are better than others, and it isuseful to have some way of.jaidging the relative merit of various"resonators in terms of how many swings they make, given an ini- Q= QUALITY FACTOR

,tial push. One suchAneasure is called the "Quality. Factor," or "Q."Q the number of swings a. resonator makes until its energy °

dimi s to a ,few percent of the energy imparted with the initial"push. there is corisidetable friction, the resonator will die downrapidly; so resona lot of friction4lave a low Q, and viceversa. A typical mechanical atch might have a .Q of 100, whereisscientific'clocks have Q's in the millions.

C:I EOUCAT/ ts1c SE.CT)0 I WANT A WATCH

WITH A HI I=Q!-

1

Page 40: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

32

ACCURACYSTABILITY

PARTIALo VACUUM

ocat

usz RESONANCE.CUlit/E fliJA1R

0

UlOf

A 13 c -E.HIGH

'PRESSURE

H

One of. the obvious advantages of -a .high-Q resonator is thatwe don't have to perturb its natural or. res-Onant, frequency veryoften with injections of energy. But there is anather importantadvantage. A high -Q resonator wont oscillate at all- unless it isswinging at or near its natural frequencY. This feature is closely'related to.the accuracy and stability of the resonator. A resonatorthat won't run' at all unless it i§ near its natural frequency is ;potentially, (more accurate than one tilat could run at a number ofdifferent 'frequencies. And similarly, if there is a wide range( offrequencies Over which the resonator can operate, it may wander.around within the allowed frequency rangd, and so will.not be verystable.,

TH RESONANCE CURVE

To understand these irriplicatioris'better, we ShEillkeonstder theresult of some experiments with the deVice shown in -the sketch.,This is Simply a wooden frame enclosing a pendulum. At the top ofthe penduthrii is a round wooden stick to which we can attachthependulums of-yEtrillus lengths shown in the sketch.

Let's begin by attaching pendulum C to the 'stick and giiing ita push. A little bit of the-Swinging motion of C will be transmittedto the peridulum in the frame, which we shall cab' S. Since S and Chave the same length, their resonant frequencies will be the same.This means, that S and C swing with the saAte .frequency, sothe swiinging energy of, C c* easily be transferred to S. The situa-tion, is similar to pushing someone on a playground swing with thecorrecttiming; we are pushing. always with the swings, and neverworking agaiist theM. s

After a. certain interval of time we measure the amplitude of-the swinp of S, which is also a measure of the energy that hasbeen transferred from C to S. The, sketch shows this measurementgraphically; the blue. dot in the middle.Lof .the graph' gives theresult-of-this-part of;qur experiMenti-

Now let's repeat the experiment, but this time we'll attachpenduluM D to the stick. D is slightly- longer than. S, so its period'frill be slightly longer.. This means that D will be pushingS in thedirection it "wants' swing part of-the timcbut at other times Swill want, to reverse its.'directiori-before D is ready to reverse. Thenet result, .as shown on our graph by the blue dot above.D, is thatD cannot transfer:energy as easily as could C.,

Similarly, if we /ePea the experiment with pendulum Eattached to the'stick, there will be even less transference of energyIto ,S because of E's evert greatei.length. Arid as we might antici-pate, we obtain ''similar idlminishin'g In energy transfer as we'attach pendulum_s of sucCeiSively, lesser length than S. Iri thesecases, however, S will :*ant to r4verse'its direction at it rate lessthan that-of theShorter pendulums: .

The results of all our measurements are shown by the, second,curve-on'our graph; and- from.now on we shall refer to

such curves as, he resonance curve:.. '1..;

Page 41: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

We:want to repeat these measurements two more times; first,with the frame in a pressurized chamber, And second with theframe in a partial vacuum. The results of these experiments areshown on the graph. As we might expect, the resonance curveobtained by doing the experiment undO pressure is much, flatterthan that of the exi;eriment performed simply in air. ThiS' is truebecause, at high pressure, the molecules of air are more congested,and so the pendulum experiences a greater frictional loss becauseof air drag. Similarly, when we repeat the experiment ina partialvacuum, we obtain a sharper, more peaked resonance curvebecause of reduced air drag.

These expe,riments point to an important fact for clock build -era: the smaller the friction or energy loss, the sharper and morepeaked the resonance curve. Q, we recall, is related to frictionallosses; the lower the friction for a given resonator, the'higher theQ. Thus we can say that high-Q resonators have sharply peaked'resonance curves, and th-at low-Q resonators have low,"flat reso-nance curves. Or to put it a little differently, the longer it takes aresonator to die down, or "decay," given an initial push, thesharper its resonance curve.

ENERGY BUILD-UP AND THE RESONANCE CURVE-AN ASIDE ON CI

Whydo'resonators.with a long "decay" time resist running atfrequencies other than their natural frequency? A pendulum witha high Q may swing for ,many minutes, or even hours, from just asingle 15ush, whereas a very peridulumsuch as one sus-pended in, hOneymay hardly make it through even one swingafter an initial push; it would need a.new pdsh for every swing,and would never accumulate Enough energy to make more than thesingle swing.

But if we push the high-Q pendulum occasionally in step withits own natural rhythm or frequency, it accumulates or stores upthe energy impatrted by these pushes. Thus the energy of the pen-dulum or oscillator may eventually greatly exceed the energyimparted by a single push or injection. We can Observe this fact bywatching someone jumping on a trampoline. As the jumper

1:

la

33

Page 42: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

34'

matches his muscular rhythm to that of his contact with the tram-poline, it tosses him higher with each jump; he stores up theenergy he puts into it with each jurnk,

The same principle governs a perSon swinging on a play-ground swing. He "pumps up" by adding an extra shot of energyat just, the right moment in the swing's natural rhythm or fre-quency. When he does this,- the swing carries over extra energyfront his piishes. The rhythm of the swing becomes so strong, infact, that it can resist or "kick back" at the energy source if itapplies energy at the wrong time-L--as, anyone ,who has pushedsorneo0eUe in a swing well knows !

IZ01313JONI.] ;;;

In just such a way, a high-Q resonator can accumulate or pileup the energy it receives from its "pusher," or oscillator. But alow=Q resonator cannot accumulate any appreciable amount ofenergy; instead, the energy will constantly "leak out" at about the -

same rate it is being supplied, because of friction. Even though wefeed the resonator with energy at its natural frequency, the ampli-tude will never build up. On the other hand, if we replenish itsenergy at a rate other than the natural frequency, the resonatorwon't have accumulated any appreciable amount of eneTF at itsnatural frequency to resist pushes at the wrong rate.

Thus the shape of the resonance curve is determined by the Q. of the resonator that is being, pushed or driven by some other

oscillator, and the transferral of energy from the oscillator to thedriven resonator depends upon the similarity, between the naturalfrequency of the resonator and the frequency of the oscillator.

THE RESONANCE CURVE AND TIDE DECAY TIME

We have already observed that resonators With a high Q orlong decay time have a Sharp resonance curve. Careful mathemati-cal analysis shows that there is an exact .relatiorl between thedecay time and the sharpness of the resonance curre.,:if the sharp-ness is measured in a particular way. This measuremett is simplythe width of the resonance curve, in hertz (Hz), at the pointwhere the height of the curve is half its maximum valiie.

Page 43: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

To illustrate this principle we have redrawn the two reso-nance curves for our resonator in a pressure chamber and in a f,),

partial vacuum. At the half-energy point of . the high-Rressure acurve, the width is about 10 Hz, whereas for the partial kxacuum u.

Lis

point. With this , tf)zis shows that the Z V)

point is just one . 1- 0

curve the width is about 1 Hz at the half-enermeasurement of width the ma cal analywidth of the resonance curve t the half-enerover the decay time of the resonator. As an example, let's suppose e-ft takes a particular' resonator 10 seconds, to die down or decay. et

Then the wi ,of its resonance curve at the half-energy point is ; V

one over 10 s Ads, or 0.1 Hz. .w

We ca ink of the width bf the at the half-energypoint as indicating how close the `pushes Of .the driving oscillatormust be to the natural frequency of the resonator before it will

,,respond wit ny appreciable vibration.

ACCURACY,. S BILITY:2 AND Q.Two very im

stability; and, asQ.

We can undebility more clear]a soft drink. If Nfills each bottlebetter than 1

ortant concepts to clockmakers are accuracy andwe suggested earlier, both are closely related to

stand the distinction between accuracy and sta-by considering a machihe that fills bottles with

e study the - Lachine we might discover that itith almost exactly the same amount of liquid, toan ounce' We would say the filling stability of the

machine is quite good. But we might also discoyer that each bottleis being filled to only half capacitybut very` precisely., to halfcapacity from one bottle to the next. ,We would then characterizethe machine as hating good stability but poor accuracy.

. However, the situation might be reversed. We might noticethat a different machine was filling some bottles with an ounce orso of extra liquid, and otheit, with an ounce or so less than actuallydesired, but. that on the average the correct amount of liquid wasbeing used. We could characterize this machine as having poor sta-bility but good accuracy over one day's operation.

Some resonators have good stability, others have good accu-racy; and the best, for clockrnakers, must ha oth.

High Q and-AccuracyWe have seen that high-Q resonators h ve lo g decay times

and therefore sharp, narrow resonance curves ich also impliesthat the resonator won't respond very well to pushes unless they

\ are at a rate very near its natural or resonant frequency. Or to'put it differently, a clock with a high-Q resonator essentially won't'run at all unless it's running at its resonant frequency.

Today the second of time is defined in terms of a particularresonant frequency of the cesium atom. So if we can build a reson-ator whose natural frequency is the particular natural frequencyof the cesium atomand furthermore, if this resonator has anextremely high Qthen we have a device that will accurately gen-erate the second of time according t6 the definition of the second.

WIDTH AT 1/2ENERGY POINTOF PARTIALACUUM CURVE

wiDTH AT 1/2ENERGY POw-rof NIGH PRESSURE

CURvE

FREQUENCY .Hs

214

"FREQUOcY SPREAo' 6OF

RESONANCECURVE AU

O

LL

FREQUENCY

0

ALL BOTTLES HALF FULL

EACH SOTTLi\- CONTAINS'ANIO,ONT

Page 44: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

S8

High Q and StabilityWe saw that a low-stability bottle-filling machine is one that

does not reliably fill each bottlerjvith the same amount of liquid.And further, that good 'stability does not necessarily mean highaccuracy. A resonator with a high-Q, narrow-resonance curve will

. .have good stability because the narrow resonance curve constrainsthe oscillator to run always at a frequency r the naturalator fre-quency have a resonator withgood stability but whose resonance frequency is not according tothe definition of the secondwhich is the particular natural -frquency of the cesium atom: A clock built from such a resowould have good stability but poor accuracy.

Waitigd to Find the TimeIn our discussion of the bottle-filling,machine we considered

the case of a machine that did not fill each bottle with the desiredamount, but that on the average over a day's operation used thecorrect amount of liquid. We said such a machine had poor stabil-ity but good accuracy averaged over a day. The same can be saidof clocks. A given clock's frequency may "wanderaround" withinits resonance curve so that for a given measurement the frequencymay be in error. But if we average many such measurements overa period of timeor average the time shown by many differentclocks at the same timewe can achieve greater accuracyas-suming, of course, that the resonator's natural frequency is the cor-rect frequency.

tor

'AVERAGE TIME 'ZN

JOHNROBe -J L.

It would appear thkt clock error could be made as small asdesired if enough rneggurements were averaged over a long 'periodof time. But experience shows that this is not true. As we firstbegin, toaverage the measurements, we find that the fluctuations infrequency do decrease; but then beyond some point the fluctuationsno longer decrease with averaging, but remain rather constant.And finally, with more measurements considered in the averaging;the frequency stability begins to grow worse agaih.

The reasons that averaging does not improve clock perform-ance beyond a certain point are not entirely understood. The phe-nomenonls referred to as "flicker" noise and has been observed in

I-2us

U. 3et IMPROVES OKIn<

THICURS

PAVE RT OF

14.1

7.s

1- > STAYS THEsAmg

GETSWORSE

tn czi

LL aLENGTH OF AVERAGINGTIME

Page 45: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

other electronic devicesand interestingly enough, even in the flucrtuations of the height of the Nile River.

PUSHING Q TO THE LIMIT

One may wonder whether there is any limit to how great Qmay be. Or in other words, whether clocks of arbitrarily highaccuracy and stability can be constructed. It would appear thatthere is no fundamental reason why Q cannot be arbitrarily high,although there are some practical considerations that have to beKccounted for, especially when Q is very high. We shall ponsiderthis question in more detail later, when we discuss resonatorsbased _upon atomic phenomena; but we can make some generalcomments here.

Extremely high Q means that the 'resonance curve isextremely narrow, and this fact dictates that the resonator will notresonate unless it is being driven by a frequency very near its own:-resonant frequency. But how are we to generate such a drivingsignal with the required frequency?

The solution is Somewhat similar to tuning in a radio stationar tuning one stringed instrument to another. We let the fre-quency of the driving signal change until we get the maximumresponse from the high-Q resonator. Once the maxi g-i responseis achieved, we attempt to maintain the driving sigrat the fre-quency that produced this response. In actual practice this is doneby using-a "feedback" system of the kind shown in the sketch.

We liabe a box that contains our high-Q 'resonator, and wefeed a signal to it from our sitter oscillator, whose output fre-quency can be varied. If the signal frequency from the oscillator isnear the resonant frequency of the high-Q resonator it will haveconsiderable resRonse and will produce an output signal voltageproportional to its degree of response. This signal is fed back tothe oscillator in such a way that it controls the output frequencyof the resonator. This system will search for that frequency fromthe oscillator which produces the maximum response from thehigh-Q resonator, and then will attempt to maintain that fie-

-quency.On page 41, where we discuss resonators based upon atomic

Phenomena, we shall consider feedback again. With a fair notionof what "Q" is all about and of' how it describes the potential sta-bility and accuracy of a clock, we re in a position to understand anumber of other concepts introduced later in this book.

SIGNALVOLTAGE

OSC.

FEE 0BACK

SIGNALVOLTAGE

HIGH Q

RESONATOR

97

Page 46: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

TYPE,

.

INEXPENSIVE BALANCEWHEEL. WATCH At. 1000

TUN1 MG FORK WATCH 2000

QUARTZ. .CLOCK 105 -106

RUBIDIUM CLOCK - 106

CESIUM CLOCK 107-108

HYDROGEN MASERCLOCK 109

43

Page 47: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Chapter1 2 3 ,4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 '13.. 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31

BUILDINGEVEN BETTER

CLOCKS

The two - pendulum clockdeveloped in 1921 by William Ham-ilton Shorttsqueezed just about the last ounce of perfection outof mechanical clocks. If significant gains were to be made, a newapproach was needed. As we shall see, new approaches, becameavailable because of man's increased understanding of natureparticularly in the realms of electricity, magnetism, and the atomicstructure of matter. In one sense, however, the' new approacheswere undertaken. Within the framework of the old principles. Theart of the cloCk is today, as it was 200 year ag)0, some vibratidevice With a period as uniform as possible.

Furthermore, the periodic phenomena today, as before, invOlvethe conversion of energy, to and fro, between two different forms.In the swinging pendulum we have energy being transferred backand forth repeatedly from the aximum energy of motionkineticenergyat the bottom of the sing, to energy stored in the pull ofthe earth's gravity:-or potential energyat the top of the swing.If the energy does not `:leak out" because of friction, the pendulumswings back and forth forever, continually. exchanging its energy.between the two forms.

Energy appears in many formskinetic, potential, heat,chemical, light fay, electrical, and magnetic fields..In this discus-sion we shall,be particulitrly interested in the way energy is trans-ferred between atoms and surrounding fields of raio and lightwaves. And Aye shall see that resonators based on su& phenomenahave achievea Q's in the hundreds of millions.

.11

0,

\ ALL POTENTIALNERGY

ALLALL KINETICENERGY

MIXTURE OFXINETIC AND

POTENTIALtNERGYk

4

39

Page 48: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

40 1.46

-,t

.

VIOLIN STRING

THE QUARTZ CLOCIC Q = 105 .106

The first big step in a new direction was taken by the Ameri-can scientist Dr. Warren A. Marrison with the 'development of thequartz crystal clpck in 1929. The resonator of this clock is basedupon the so-called "piezoelectric effect." In a sense even the quartzcrystal clock is actually a mechanical clock because a small piece of.quartz .crystal vibrates when and alternating electric voltage is-applied to it. Or, conversely, if the crystal is made to vibrate itwill generate an oscillatory voltage. These two phenomena togetherare the,piezoelectric effect. The internal friction of the quartz. crys-tal is so very low that the Q may range from 100,000 to 1,000,000.It is no wonder tht the quartz resonator brought such dramaticgains to the a,rt of building clocks.

The resonant frequency of the -crystal depends in A compli-cated way on how the crystal is, cut, the size of the crystal, and the

=,-------T'----parititrilarrEsonailt-frequency that is excited in the cryst,p1 by thedriving electric voltage. That is, a particular crystal may operateat a number of frequencies in the same way that' a violin stringcan vibrate-at a number of different frequencies called overtones.

4sThe crystal's 'vibration may rangy from a few Aousarid to manymillions eflcycles per second. Generally speaking, the smaller thecryAtgl the higher the resonant(frequenciesat which it can vibrate.Crystals at the high-frequency 'en'd of the scale, may be less thanone millimeter thick. Thus we see that one of the limitations ofcrystal resonators is related to our ability to cut crystals preciselyinto very small bits.

QUARTZ CRYSTALCAPSULE

ATTERY

ALECTROOTIMINGCIRCUIT

The crystal resonator is incorporated into a. feedback systemthat operates- in a way similar to the one discussed on page 37.The system is self regulating, so the crystal output frequency isalways at or near its resonant frequency. The first crystal clockswere enclosed in cabinets 3 niters high, 21/2 meters wide, and 1meter deep, to accommodate the various necessary components.Today quartz-crystal wrist watches are available commerciallyWhich gives some indication of the great strides made in miniatur-ization of electronic circuitry over the Test few years.

The best crystal clocks will keep time to one millisecond pe-iNmonth, whereas lower quality quartz clocks may drift a millisecondor so in several days. There are two main reasons that the reson-ant frequency of a quartz oscillator drifts. First, the frequency

' changes with temperature; and second, there is a 'slow, long-termdrift that may be due to a number of things, such as contamina-tion of the crystal with impurities, changes, inside the crystalcaused by its vibration, or other aspects of "aging." .0

Elaborate steps have been Jake to overcome these difficultiesby Rutting the crystal ina temper ure-controlled "(Wen," and ina contamination-proof container. But just as in the case of Shortt'stwo-pendplum clock, a. point of diminishing return arrives whereone musty harder and harder to gain less and less.

r I.H4 "I

Page 49: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

ATOMIC CLOCKS-0 =.105 109 r.

The next big step was thd use Of. atoms (actually, at first, .mo/-. ecules) for Teseinators. On'e willtfippreci,pe the degree of perfection

achieved with_atomic r onators when he is told that these resona-tors achieve Q's over 1 0 millitht.

a ,To nnderstand this we m "st aba..tndon Newton's laws, which

describe swinging pendulu and vibrating materials, and turninstead to .the laws that scribe the motions of atoms and theirinteractions with the outside work These laws go under the gen-eral heading of "quantum* mechanics," and they were developed bydifferent scientists, beginning; about 1900. We shall pick up thestory about 1913 with ,the young Danish physicist Niels Bohr, whohad worked in England with Ernest T. Rutherford, one of theworld's out4anding experimental physicists. Rutherford bom-bardpd atoms with alpha particles-from radioactive materials and .,

came to the conclusion that the atom consists of a central core sur-rounded.by orbiting-electrons like planets circling around the sun.

But there was a very puzzling thing about Rutherford's coif:ception of the atom: Why didn't atoms eventually rtin down? Afterall, even the planets, as they -circle the sun, gradually lose energy,'moving in smaller and smaller circ es until they fall into the sun.In the same manner the electron sh uld gradually lose e,nergyuntilit falls into the core of the atom. In tead, it appeared to circle thecore with undiminished energy, like a perpetual motion machine,until suddenly it 'would jump to another inner orbit, eleasing a

t xed amount of energy. Bohr came to the then revolutibriary'ideahat the electron did not gradually lose its' energy, but lost energyin "lumps" by jumping between definite orbits, and that theenergy was released in the form of radiation at a particular fre-guertcy.

Conversely, if the- atom is placed in a radiation field it canabsorb energy only in discreet lumps, which causes the electibn tojump from .an inner to an outer orbit. If there is no frequency ithe radiation field that corresponds to the energy associated withan allowed jump, then najabsorption of energy can take place. Ifthere is Such afrequency; then the atom can absorb energy fromthe radiation field.

The frequency of the radiation is related to the lump or quan-,

' tum of energy in a yery specific way :.The bigger the quantum ofenergy, the higher the emitted frequent'. This energy-frequencyrelationship, combined with the fact t t only certain quanta ofenergy are, allowednamely, the one associated with electronjumps between specific orbitsis an important phenomenon forclockmakers. It suggests that we can use atoms as- resonators, andfurthermore that the emitted or resonant frequency is a propertyof the atom itself.

This is a big advance because now we don't have to be con-cerned with such things as buildirtg a pendulum to an exact lengthox cutting a crystal to the correct size. The atom is a natural, non-man-made resonator whose resonant frequency is practically

.k.

EMIT ABSORB

41

Page 50: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4

0

4

immune to the temperature and frictional effects that plaguemechanical clocks. The atom seems to be approaching the idealresonator.

But we are still along way frotn producing an atomic resona-tor. How are we to count the "ticks" or measure the frequency ofsuch a resonator? What is the best atom to use? How do we getthe electron in the chosen atom to jump between the desired orbitsto produce the frequency we want?.

We have Partially answered these 'questions in the section on"Pushing Q to the Limit," on page 37. There we described a feed-back system, Consisting of three elementsan oscillator, a high-Qresonator, and a' feedback path. The oscillator produces a signalthat is.transmitted to the htgh-Q resonator, causing it to vibrate.This vibration in turn, through suitable electronic circuitry, gener-,ates a signal proportional to the magnitude of the vibration that isfed back to the oscillator to adjust its frequency. This process goesaround and around until the high-Q resonator is vibrating withmaximum amplitude; that is, it is vibrating at its resonant fre-quency.

In the, atomic clocks that we shall be discussing, the oscillatoris always a crystal oscillator of thejyte discussed in the previoussection, whereas the high-Q resonator is based upon` some naturalresonant frequency of different species of atoms.

In a sense; atomic clocks are the "offspring" of Shories two-.

pendulum clock, where the crystal oscillator corresponds, to onependulum and the high-Q resonator to the other. /The Ammonia ResonatorQ ..105 -106

In 1949, the National Bureau of Standards announced .thewOrld*first time source linked to, the natural' frequency of atomicparticles. The particle w'AS the ammonia molecule, which has a nat-ural frequency at about 23,870 MHz. This frequency is in themicrowave part of the radio spectrum, where radar systems oper-ate. During World War great strides had been,made in thedevelopment of equipm,ent operating in the microwave region; andattention had been focused on resonant frequencies such as that ofthe ammonia molecule. So it was natural that the first atomic fre-quency device followed along in thisarea. /

The ammonia, molecule consists of three hydrogen atoms linqlone nitrogen atom in the shape of a pyramid, with the hydrogenatoms at the base and the nitrogen atom at the, top. We have seen.how the rules of quantum mechanics require that atoms emit andabsorb energy in discrete quanta. According to these' rules thenitrogen atom can jump down through the base of the, pyramidand appear on the other side, thus making an upside-dow,n pyra-mid. M we might expect, it can also jump back through the baseto its original position. The molecule cah also spin around different.axes of rotation: The diagram shows one possibility: Each )allowedrotation corresponds to a different energy state of the molecule. If

r

Page 51: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

we carefully inspect one of these states, we,see that it actually con-sists of twol distinct, but closely spaced, energy levels. This split-ting is a consequence of the fact that the nitrogen atom caneither above or below the base of the pyramid. The energy differ-ence between a pair of levels corresponds to a frequency of about23,870 MHz

To harness this frequency a feedback system is employed con-/ sisting of two "pendulums": a quartz-crystal oscillator and theammonia molecules. The quartz-crystal oscillator generates a fre-quency near, that Of the ammonia molecule: We can think of thissignal as a weak radio signal being broadcast into a chamber of'ammonia molecules. If the radio signal is precisely at the resonantfrequency of the ammonia molecules, they will oscillate' andstrongly absorb the radio signal eriergy, ,so little of the signalpasses through the Chamber. At any other frequency the signalwill pass through the ammonia, the amount of absorption beingproportional to the difference between the radio signal frequencyand the resonant frequency of the am (Ionia. The radio signal thatgets through'the ammonia is used to a ,rust he frequeAcy of thequartz-crystal oscillator to that of the am nia resonant fre-quency. Thus the ammonia molecules keep the uartz-crystal oscil-lator running at the desired frequency,

The quartz-cry'stal oscillator in .turn controls some displaydevice such as a wall clock. Of course, the 'wail clock runs-at amuch 'lower. freqtiencyusually 60 Hz, like an ordinary electrickitchen clock To produce this lower frequency the crystal fre-

' quency is reduced by electronic circuitry 'in a manner similar tousing a train of gears to convert wheels running_ at one speed torun at another speed.

Although the resonance curve of the ammonia 'molecule is verynarrow compared, to previously used resonators, there are s9problems. One is due to the collision of the., ammonia moleculeswith one another and with the waifs of the chamber. These 'colli-sions produce forces, on the molecules that alter the resonant fre-quency. ,

Another difficulty is due to the motions of lhe molecules=mo-tions that produce at "Doppler shift"- of the frequency. We haveobserved Doppler frequency shifts when we listen to the whistle ofa train as it approaches and passes us. As the train comes towardus, the whistle is high, in pitch, and then as the train pasyet by, thepitch lowers., This same effect applies-to the speeding 'ammoniamolecules and distorts the results. Turhing to the cesium atominstead of the ammonia molecule minimizes these effects.

-The Cesium ResonatorQ = 107 108

The cesium atom has a natural vibration at 9-,192,631,770 Hz,which is, like that of the ammonia mole-cule, in the microwave pa'rtof the radib Aperyttvum: This natural vibration is a property of theatom itself, in conikast to the ammonia .natural frequency, whichresults from the interactions o four atoms. Cesium is a silvery

E

QUARTZ- MAMMACRYSTAL

RESONA0SCILLATOR

tc--)

SUPPLYPOWER

43

423OUTPUTSIGNAL

TOCONTROL

WALL CLOCK

tveYN HIGHER PITCH

.0152=VV\AATZ/Wire" LOWER PITCH

Page 52: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

fmetal at room teinperature. The core of the atom is surrounded bya swarm of electrons, but the outermost electron is in an orbit byitself. This electron spins on its axis, producing a magnetic field;we could thus think of the' electron as being a miniature magnet.The core or nucleus of the cesium atom also spins, produCinganother miniature niagnet, each magnet feeling the force of theother.

These two magnetS are like spinning tops wobbling,around inthe same way the earth wobbles because of the pull of the moon.(This wobbling motion of the earth 'is discussed more fully on page68.) If the two magnets are aligned with their "north". poles inthe same direction, the cesium, atom is in one energy state; and ifthey are aligned ih opposite directions, the atom is in a differentenergy state. The difference between these two energy states corre-sponds to a frequency of 9,192,631,770 Hz. If we immerse thecesium atoms in a "bath", of radio signals at precisely this fre-quency, then the outside spinning electron can "flip over,"? eitherabsorbing energy or emitting energy. ,

OVEN

ow/WY .ez4 rzo sge r/FA /WM/

murssamarangfeTUBE :

MAGNETIC MAGNETICGATE \ GATE

The figure illustrates the operation of the cesium -beam fre-quency stan'dard. Odthe left is a small electric "oven" that heatsthe cesium atoms so that they are "boiled out" through a small open-.in.-into a long, evacuted tube. The atoms travel down the tubelike marching soldiers, thus avoiding collisions with each otherwhich we recall was one of the difficulties with the ammoniaresonator. As the atoms pass along the tube they come to a "gate,"which is in reality a, special magnetic field that Separates,the atomsinto two streams according to whether their electron is' pinning inthe same direction as the nucleus or the opposite dir tion. onlyone kind of atom is allowed to proceed down the,ube, while theothers are deflected away. The selected (blue) beam then passesthrough a section of the tube where the particles are expose:I-to aradio signal very near0,192,631,770 Hz. If thb'radio 'signal is pre-cisely at the resonanfrequency, tilen large numbers of atoms willchange their energy state, or "flip over. ).

541;ti

Page 53: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

'r

G

TII. .11f,rti,. 11,,,, 1,9cm I itroiigh another maknetic gate at theend of the tube. Those atoms that have changed energy state whilepassing through, the radio signals are allowed to proceed to adetector at the end of the tube, while those that did not changestate are deflected away from the. detector. When the radio' fre-quency is equal to the resonant frequency, the greatest number of.atoms wain reach the detector. The detector produces a signal thatis related to Pie number of atoms reaching it, and this signal is fedback to control the radio frequency through a crystal oscillator so,as to maximize the number of atoms redchinl the detector which,of cotrse, means that the radio signal is at the cesium atonesresonant frequendr. In this way the crystal oscillator frequency istied to the resonant frequency of the cesium) atom. The whole proc-ess, which is automatic, is much like carefully tuning in a ,radio sothat the receiver gets the loudest and clearest signal; when thishappens, the receiver is exactly "on-frequency" with the signalsent. . \

We have seen that one of the difficulties with the ammoniaresonator is avoided by having the cesium atoms march down thetube with as little interaction as possible. The spread in frequencycaused by the Doppler, shift is minimized by transmittindr the radio,signal at right angles to the beams of the cesium atoms, as shownin the figure; the cesium atoms are never moving toward or awayfrom the radio signal, but always across it.

.One Second'iri 370,000 Years ".

Carefully constructed cesium-beam-tube resonators maintainedin laboratOries have Q's over 100 million, whereas smaller, porta.-ble units, about the size of a piece of luggage, have Q's of about 10million. In'principle, laboratory oscillatbis keep time to about onesecond in 370,000 years if we could build one that would last thatlong. A few microseconds per year is what is really important,however, and that's the same ratio.

What accounts for this high Q of a cesium resonator? In ourdisc&ssion of Q we saw that the frequency spread of the resonancecurve decreases as the "decay" time increases. In fact, the spread

1. :0-

is just one over the Aecay time ( ). In the case of the, decay time

cesium-beam tube, the decay ti *e is simply the time j takes thecesium atoms to travel the length of the tube. Laboratory cesnim-beam tubes may be as long as four meters, ,anti the cesium atomsboiling out of the eletric oven travel down the tube at' about 100meters:' per second; so the cesium atom is in the tube about 0:04secOnd. 'nce the frequency spread is one over the time the atomspends 'n the tube, we obtain a frequency spread of 1/0.04, whichequals 5 Hz.' But the Q is the resonant frequency divided by thefrequency spread, or 9,192,631 '770.Hz/25 Hz, or about 400 million.Atomic Definition-of the.Second ) ,.-

Because of the smoothneswith which the cesium resonatorticks," the definition of the second' trasedon astronomical .observa-It

e , .

--,,

13

45

TIME IN TUBE =LENGTH OF TUBESPEED OF' ATOMS = 0.04 Sec.

FREQUENCY SPREADI I

TIME IN TUBE "-0,04 475

11

Page 54: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4:7

Qum% z .

CRYSTAL' FEEDBACK0 sc. ANDWinnRADIOSIGNALW NIP

Er-1. MIVCCINIMIIIIIja MEI W2117111E MEM

Woo limasauna PwaroLOw DETEcToR

PRESSURE=,-

tion was abandoned in 1967,sand.the second was redefined as theduration of 9,102,631,770 vibrations of the 'cesium 'atom. On page64, there i a much fuller discussion of the events that-led to -theatomic definition of the second. As,we shall also see in thatchap-ter, national laboratoriesespOnsiblefbr the ultimate generation oftime information do not literally have a large atomi-F clock with a.face and hands like a wall.clock, but rather the "clock" consists ofa number of components, one of which is a set' of atomic oscillatorswhose job it is to proyide accuracy and stability' for the entireclock system.

,

The Rubidium ReionatorQ =-101The rubidium resonator, although of lower. qnality,than the

cesium resonatorOs nevertheless important becaue,it is relativelyinexpensive coMpared to cesium- resonators, and h:stiise it is morethan 'adequate for many of today's needs. The device, is' based on aparticular resonant frequency , of rubidium atoms contained as a

.gas at very low pressure in a4pecially constructed chamber.Atoms, like crystals, have more than. one resonant frequency.

One of the rubidium.resonint frequeuies is excited by an intense-beam of light, and another resonant frequency is excited by aradio wave in the microwave frequency region. As the light shinesthrough the glass btOontainifig rubidiu*-asi atoms in the ,f`cor-rect" energy state MI- absorb energy. (The situation is similar tothe cesium atoms Passing, thrOugh the radio' signal, where onlythose atoms with tie outer electron spinning in the prOpet direc-,tion could absorb the ralio signal.and flip over to produce a differ-ent energy state.)

The -microwave radio signil, when it.is at the resonant fre-quency -of jhe.rubidium atom, converts the maximum number ofatoms into the 'correct" kind to absorb energy from the light,beam.-And as more of the atoms in the bulb are converted into thecorrect kind; they absorb more of the energy of the light beam;thUs- when. the light.beam is most heavily absorbed, the microwavesignal isat,the desired frequency. Again, as in the case,of the ces-ium-beam tube, the 'amount of light that shines through the beam`is detected and used to generate a signal that control the, micro -.wave frequency to make the light beam reach minimum value.

Rubidiurn:Oscifiators have Q's of around 10 million, and they ,

keep time tp about one millisecond in a few inonths. But like crys-tal oscillators, they drift slowly with time and must occasionally bereset with reference to a cesium Oscillator. This drift is due tosuc things as drift in the light source arid-absorption of rubidiumin tie walls of the storage bottle. .

3 4

The I ydrogen MaserQ 109JJ

hi the cases. of the -three 'atomic. resonators we have discu-Oed,ammo riia, cesium, and rubidium resonators---4e observe the

frequeney indirectly..That is, we measure, in the case ofthe Cesium. oscillator, the number of atoms reaching ,the detector.In the, cases of the arrimonia and tubidiuni deVices wg measureAhe

3

ci4AmBER.(GAS SULE9_,

RUBIDIUM OSCILLATOR

V3-.

Page 55: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

amount of signal absorbed as the signal poses throng i atoms aildmolecules. Why not observe the atomic . r ulio Or optical signaldirectly? The next device we-shall discussthe -hydrOgen maserdoes just that. tz.

The man Ivho developed the maser, Dr. Charles II. Twnes, anAmerican scientist, was not working on au oscillator at all; ratherhe wis seeking a way to amplify microwave radio signals. Hence,the n me maser, which although snow a common noun in the dic-il.tionar jg simply an acronym for Microwave Amplification byStimulated Emission of Radiation; But as we have seen; anythingthat oseillatespr swings with a definite period Or frequency can lle-come the basis of a timekeeping device or clock. The resonate'. inthe hydrtigen masers is the hydrogen atom, which has, amongothers, a particular resonant frequency of.1,429,405,752 Hz.

In.,a manner similai. to 'that of the cesium -beam tube; hydro- '-.,gen gas drifts through a magnetic, gate that 'allows only thos'e.'"?veatoms in an energy-emitting state to pass.. Tho'se atoms making itthrough 'the gate enter a quartz-glass storage bulb a few inches indiameter. The bulb is coated inside with a material similar to that' -used on nonstick cookware. For reasons not entirely understood,

. this coating reduces the frequency- perturbing effects caused 'by col,lisions of the hydrogen atoms with the wall of the bulb. The atorftstay in the bulb about one second before leaving; and thus theireffective decay t'me is about one second, as compared to' 0.04second for'the sium-

, a Q about ten times hiram tube. This longer decay time results inher than that of the cesium beam oscillator,

even though the resona t frequenc-k is lower.I

s

If the bulb contains enough hydrogen atdins in the energy-emitting state, "self-oscillation" will occur in thelbulb. According tothe laws of quantum mechanics, an atom in an energy-emittingstate will, !eventually, spontaneously emit a pacqiet of radiationenergy. 'Although it is not possible to know. in advance which par-ticular ato% will emit energy, if there are enough atoms in thequartz bulb eventually one of them 'spontaneously emits a-packet of

.enetgy, photon, at the resonant frequency. If this photon hitsanother atom in an energy-emitting state, that atom may be "stim-ulated" to release its energy as another photon of exactly the sameenergyan-d therefore the same frequencyas the one thatstarted4he'process. The remarkable thing is that the "stimulated"einissfon. is. in step with the radiation that produced it. The situa-tion is similar that of a choir in which all members are singingthe same word at the same time, rath r than the same word at dif-ferent times-.

We now have two photons boun ing around inside the bulb,and they will interact with other e rgy-emitting atoms ;- so the

whole processescalates like a falling house of cards. Since all ofthe photons are in step, they constitute a microwave radio signalat a particular frequency, which is picked up by a receiver. Thissignal keeps a crystal oscil for in step with they resonant fre-quency of the energy-emitting gen atoms. Ener is supplied

J

4'

CON

47

12

,. 8. Atlr..%::: 1 . ::......4,;:

t 1...dcEl I

MAGNETICGATE

HYDROGEN MASEROSCILLATOR

NO'HAVE

WE

PHOTONitm,

THE PHOTON 46NITSTHt3 ATOM

"STIMULATING"IT TO EMIT A.

INEMIISTSATr PHOTON)PHOTON

I'SPOWANEOUSLY"

Page 56: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

948 '

DECAY TIMEDECREASES WITH

INCREASINGFREQUENCY

tk,

by a constant stream of hydrogen atoms. in their high-energy state,and thus, a continuous signal results.

Although the Q of the hydrogen resonator is higher than thatof the cesium-beam resonator, its accuracy is not as great todaybecause of the unsolved problem of accuratelyevaltiating and mini-mizing .the frequency shift caused by the collisions between thehydrogen atoms and the wall of the quartz bulb.

CAN WE ALWAYS BUILD A 'BETTER CLOCK?

We hat7e seen' that the Q of the .resonator is related to itsdecay time. For the atomic resonators we have discussed, the decaytime was largely determined by the length of time the atom spendsin some sort of containera' beam tube o ulb. Historically, tietrend has been toward resonators with higher an hig r resonantfrequencies. But this turns out to have an impac on the decaytime. As we said, atoms in energy-emitting states can, givensufficient time, release spontaneously a. burst of energy at a partic-ular frequency. According to the rules of quantum mechanics, thedecayltime decreases rapidly, with increasing frequency. At suchigh frequencies, the average .time for spontaneous emissionor

na -al lifetimemay be considerably smaller than the time thatThe atom spends in the container

In the case of the cesium-beam tube and hydrogen in thequartz bulb, the natural lifetimes of the atoms are considerablylonger than the containment times in the bulb or beam tube; but atmuch higher frequencieS thismhy not be the case. So it wouldappear that the recent trend toward basing resonators on higherand higher atomic resonant frequencies may eventually reach someupper limit. But that limit is not yet in sight. As we shall see inthe final Chapter, there are suggestions of even more distant hori-zons where clock resonators mKy be based on emissions from thenucleus of the atom itself.

For the present, the only limit to building better and betterclocks would appear to be the upper reaches of man's ingenuity incoping with the problems that inevitably arise when a particularpath is t.aken.So it is man's imagination, not nature, that dictatesthe possibilities for the foreseeable future.

The atomic resonators we have discussed are, of course, fartoo cumbersome ,and expensive for any but scientific, laboratory,and similar specific uses; and their operation and maintenancerequire considerable expertise. But a few years ago the samewould have been said of the quartz-crystal oscillator, which hasnow become common in wrist Watches. Although it seems unlikelyat this lime, who is to say that there may not be some break-through that will make some sort of atomic clock much more prac-ticable and widely available than it is today ?,.

.

/

Page 57: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Ch ter1 2 3 4 5 6 78 '9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18. 19 .20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31

THE"CORRECT TIME"

FOR THE MANIN THE STREET

sThus far we have concentrated on the technical developmentsthat -led to improved timekeeping, and we have seen how 'thesedev'elopments were utilized in scientific and national standards lab-oratories, where the utmost accuracy and stability. are erequired.Now we shall turn to the more pefiegtrian timepieces, which wecan carry in our pockets or wear on our wrists. These watchesoperate in a manner similar to their laboratory cousins, but theyAre less accurate for reasons of economy, size, and convenience.

THE FIRST WATCHES.

The word watch is a derivation from the Anglo-Saxon wacianmeaning "to watch.' or "to wake." Probably' it described the prac-tice of the man keeping the "night watch," who carried a clockthrough the streets and announced the time, well as importantnewsor simply called out, "Nine o'clock and all's well."

Early clocks were powered by weights suspended from a ropeor chainan impractical° scheme for portable timepieces. Thebreakthrough came in about 1560, when Robert Henlein, a Germanlocksmith, realized that a clock could be powered by g, coiled brassor steel spring. The rest of the clock was essentially the "foliot"mechanism already discussed on page 26, which was very sensi-tive to whether it was upright in position or lyingidn its side.

Tri 1660 the English physicist RObfrt- H ke toyed with theidea that a straight Metal spring could act resonator in aclock; and in 1675 the Dutch physicist And 'astronomer ChristianHuygens employed this principle in the form of a metal spiral

49

Page 58: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

50

ANC p-rpESCAPEM tOT

or'

\,

spring connected to a rotating balance wheel; enei-gY flowed backand forth between the moving wheel and the coiled spring.

Hooke is also credited with development of a new kind ofescapement, the "anchor" escapementso called because of itsshapewhich with the help of its "escape wheel" delicately trans-ferred energy to the resonator) of the .clock. With these develop-ments, the accuracy of clocks improved to the point where theminute hand was added in the latter part of the 1600's,.

The history of watcheg, up until about the middle of the 17thcentury, was essentially one of gradually impro.ving the basicdesign of the first watchesmost of which were so large that we,would probably refer to them today,$is clocks. As Brearley explainsin Time Telling through the Ages : \f'13ack in 1650 it was some jobto figure out-the number of teeth in a train of 'wheels and pinionsfor a watch, to determine their correct diameters;" to ascertain thenumber of beats of the escapement per hour, and then deSign a 'balance .wheel and hair spring that would producd the requisite).number; to determine the lEngth, width, and thickness Of a mainspring that would furnish enough and not too iych power to drivethe mechaniSm; and finally, with the very crude and inadequatetools then available, to execute plans and prciduce a complete watchthat whild run and keep timeeven approximately.'

0 e significant development, occurred in 1704, when NicholasFaci of Basel, Switzerland, introduced the jeweled bearing., Up tothat ime, the axles ofthe gears rotdted in holes punched in brassplates which co iderabl'y limited' the life and accuracy of, .thewatch.

Before the middle of thel7th century the production of clocks7N.. and watches was largely the work of skilled craftsmen, principally

in England, Germany,. and France, althOugh it. was the SwissCraftsmen who introduced nearly all of the basic improvements inthe watch. The watchma'keror "horological artist," as he was ,

calledindividually designed, produced, and assembled all parts ofeach watch, from the jeweled bearings and pinioned wheels to theface, hands, and case.. In some cases an h.orologist might take anentire year to build a single-timepiece.

In Switzerland, however, and later in the United States,Watchmakers became interested' in ideas that the industrial revolu-tion was bringing to gunsmithing and the making of other mecha-nisms. The .manufacture of identical and interchangeable partsthat could be used in making and repairing watches made possiblethe mass production of both expensive and inexpenSive watches.Turning to this kind of standaation, Switzerland rapidlybecame known throughout the world as the center for fine watch-making. About 6000 watches were prod, ed in Geneva in 1687,and.by the end ofothe 18th century GeneVreraftsmen were produc-ing 50,000 watches a year. By 1828 Swiss watchmakers.had begunto make watche,s, with the °aid of machinery, and mass productionof Watches at a price that the average man could afford 3. as`assured.

.v.

Page 59: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

,... ,./

But it was in the United States that the idea of machine-pro-duced interchangeable parts finally resulted in a really inexpensivewatch that kept' reasonably good time. After many false stka.rts andefforts by variouspersons that met with little success, ft. H. Inger-soll launched the famous "dollar watch" about the.,en.d of the 19thcentury. A tremendous success, 4t--sold in the millions throughoutthe next quarter century or mote. The first'were pocket watches,encased in a nickel alloy; but as the wrist watch gained accept-ance and Popularity in the 1920's,* Ingersoll also manufacturedboth men's and ladies' wrist watches.

..

MODERN MECHANICAL WATCHES

It was style consciousne s that was largely responsible forcontinued changes and improve entsi in the watch mechanism. Theotallenge of producing vatc es small and light enough too bepinned to the sheer fabrics of adies' daytime and evening dresseswithout' pulling the dress lines out of shape resulted in the dainty,'decorative pendant watches popular in the early 1900's. Designingworke that would fit into the slim, curved wrist-watch case thatbecahe increasingly popular. with men wasa niajor achievementafter World

I

CARTOON DELETED-FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO OCFUIGHT'RESTRICTIONS.

Accuracy, .stability, an reliability also remained importantgoals. The multiplying railroad lines,,with their crack ,trains oftenrunning only minutes apart by the latter half of the 11h century,helped to create a strong demand for accurate, reliable watches.Every "railfoader," from the station manager an dispatcher tothe engineer, condtitor, and track repair creme ith their motor-car, t d to know the time, often to-the part of a minute. °A rail-road ehIployee took great pride in his watchwhich he had to buyhimself and which had to meetrPecified requirements. .

Before electronic watches entered the scene, the Union PacificRailroad required tha% all watches have 21 jewels and that they bea -certain minimum size.. Today electronic wrist watches areallowed, but ikhateyer the type, each morning a railroader's watchmust be checked against a time signal coming over a telegraph

1

I

a

51

Page 60: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

'62

RATCHETWHEEL PAWL

SPRING-

OIL

MAGNETS

Mt-ELECTRow TUNING FORKCIRCUIT

THE VIERATU46 FORK PUSHESA SMALL SPRING AGAINST THERATCHET WHEEL WHICH MOVESTHE HANDS OF THE WATCH.

:WHEEL FROM MG BACK-WARDS.

PAWL RATCHET;,WHEEL

THE TWO COILS, CON-TROLLED BY AN ELECTRONICCIRCUIT, INTERACig WITH THETWO MA6PJETS TO KEEP THETON IN 'FORK VIBRATING.

,111

wire or the telephone,, and it must be within 30 seconds-of he cor-rect time. As ari additional safety measure, watches are checked onthe job by watch inspectors, who appear unannouncM, Time, tothe railroads, is still aNery serious matter. 11

Today's mechanical watch is a marvel of the art,. of. manufac-turipg and assembling of tiny parts. The balance wheel in a ladies'wrist watch has a diameter about the same as th&t of a matchhead,and the escapement ticks over one hundred million times a year,while the rim of the balance irheel travels over 11,200 kilometers

miles in its back-and-forth journey,. Thp, balance wheel is balancedand its rate adjusted by over a dozen tiny screws around its rim.Some 30,000 of these screws would,fit into a ladies' thimble, and .thejewels may be as.small as specks of pepper. It's no wonder that thetiniest piege of dust cAn stop a watch or seriously iMpairits motion.

Even oiling a watch is a delicate operation. One single drop/of()oil from a hypodermic syringe is enough' to lubricate over a thou-

sand jeweled bearings. An amazing variety of substances havebeen used for lubrication, ranging from porpoise-jaw oil to today'smodern synthetic oils.

"Every night, when hewinds up his watch, the modern manadjusts a scientific instrument of `a precision and delicacy imimagi-nable to- the most cunning artificers of Alexandria in its prime."

Lancelot HogbenELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC WATCHES

A very big step in the development of the watch occurred in1957, with the introduction of the electric watch. This watch wasessentially the same as its mechanical predecessor, except that itwas powered by a tiny, battery instead of a spring. Two, years

.4ater, in 1959, a watch was introduced with the balance wheelreplaCed by a tiny tuning fork. Historically we have seen that thequality 'factor, or Q, of resonators increases with resonance fre-quency. The balance wheel in mechanical watches swings back andforth a few times a second, but the tuning fork vibrates severalhundred times a second, with a Q around 2,000-20 times betterthan tie average balance Wheel resonator. Such watches can keeptime .to a minute in a month. The tuning fork's vibrations aremaintained bOhe interaction between a battery-driven, transistor-ized oscillating circuit and two tiny permanent magnets attachedto the ends of the tuning fork.

THE QUARTZ CRYSTAL WATCHThe quartz-crystal wrist watch, which is' a miniature version

of the quartz-crystal clock discussed on page 40, is tie lateststep in the evolution of watcheS. Its development was not possibleuntil the invention of the integrated circuitthe equivalent ofmany hundreds of thousands of transistors and resistors in anarea only a centimeter or less on a side. These circuits can carryout the many complex functions of a watch, one of them_ ost inipor-tant being the elect ronick-Ounting of the vibrations of the 'quartz-crystal resonator.

63

Page 61: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

t4,11\

The first quartz wrist watches utilized the "hands" type ofdisplay, Adapted i existing watches, But later versions becameavailable with moving parts at. all. The hands have beenreplaced .by di i ..t... e '.'readouts ". in hours, minutes, and secondsfformed fr .1, ous elements that are entirely controlled.by elddeiiea I' 0 i*td watches today are. accurate to. oneminute a y , ;..1.(.4 lal*.in a.-very early developmental, stage,"and it is toci":e ,Ja edict what ultimately may be achieved.

HOW MUO4119 a441 '. TIME" COST'?

J

Clock h s:;,;ar`e big business. In 1974, 200 )inillionclocks and Wa 68.-old worldwide for a price. of four billion

7Iars-,7b-ut the -.3.6alue of every one of thesQ timepiecesepends,on its b

access to a sourc:how much 'does "

2°0

e "correct" time, and then havingcan be checked occasionally. So

- 'For about 99 percent of the people who want to know whattime it is or to clock the duration of timea clock or watch that"keeps time" within a minute or so a day is acceptable. The famil-iar and inexpensive wall or desk: clock driven by the electric cur-rent supplied by the powei..--company is completely adequate for thevast majority of people; few persons recognize a need for a more"refined" time. Using only his eyes and fingers, a human being hasnot the manual dexterity to set a clock or watch to an accuracy ofbetter than a second or so, even if he has the time and patience todo it.

"Losing" the time altogether, when a clock or watch stops, isno prOblem to most people. One simply dials the telephone com-pany time service or consults another of the many possible sup-pliers of tir "correct" time. In short, for nearly everyone, innearly all circumstances,-the wide choice of- clocks and, watchesavailable in the ,local drug or department store at prices of $ 00 9.and up i6 sufficient to meet everyday needs.

But let's suppose that a man is going into,a remote)area on atrip, where he has no radio receiver and will have no contact with ;

,1

53 3

Page 62: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Other people for three or four weeks. If it's a fishing trip, he prob-. ably doesn't care whether hiS watch loses or gains a' few minutes a

day. He'll still Iftobably matte connections with the pilot who isflying in to pick hin'i up at the end of the.period.

But let's suppose that the man is to make certain observationsat certain times of day, and that a scientific laboratory is depend-

INiing on the information he gathers, and it's important to the labo-ratory that the time the information is. recorded` correct withina tolerance of one minute. Or perhaps the man has a radio transmitter and is only one of several men in the field, each of whom isto send in a wort at. certain times each day. Then he will need amore_ accurate and dependabp--and more expensivewatc Itto$300 to $400 watch that's waterproof and shockproof, and thproved to keep time without resOtinglosing, say,, no more30 seconds in six months or soshould serve him nicely.cially if he has a radio receiver with which he can pick up a ebroadcast occasionally, so he could check the time once in awhileand reset his watch if he needs to

But then there is a surprising array of very common timeusers for whom any kind of watch or clq,ck that can be.read by thehuman` eye or ear is as useless as a meterstick is to lens grinder.Comtnunications and power company engineers, scientific labora-tory /technicians, and many other special users of time and fre-quency information read this information with the help of an oscil-loscope hooked up to sophisticated receiving instruments. Theirclock may be driven by a quartz-crystal oscillator, which, althoughaccurate to one millisecond per month, must be checked where

4'41 more accurate time is requiredofte several times a dayby aueven better oscillator,. A quartz-crysta s ator may cost as muchas $2500, depending on its quality.It'must have a special housingwith controlled temperature and humidity, and it requires someonewith special training in its care and use to look after and regulate

CRYSTAL-CLOCK

$2500'RUBIDIUM

CLOCK

$ 7t0QCESIUM.CLOCK

$15,000

it. Often a team of technicians read it, chart its performance, andadjust it as needed, every day.

These individuals, obviously, must have an even, better timesource than, their quartz-crystal .clocks in order to keep them tell-ing the time accurately. This will be an atomic clock of some kind.Perhaps a rubidium frequency standard, that costs about $7500, or,a cesium standard with a price tag of around $15,000. When aportable 'cesium standard 'is hand carried from its dhome" to bechecked and adjusted againsl another, similar standardor-against the NBS atomic frequency'.standard at the United StatesNational ,Bureau of Standards 'or the official standaid in anothernationit travels, usually by airplane, attended by a team of tech-nicians.who see that it is plugged into an'electric circuit wheneverpossible, and that its batteries are kept charged for use when, this.is not possible.,

A portable cesium standard eighs about 90, kilograms, andoccupies about 1/3 of a cubic meter. Characteristically, it will notlose or gain one second in 30.00 years. Such atomic standards are

6?

Page 63: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

r.

found in scientific laboratories, electronics factories, and even a r.

few TV stations.. The primary frequency standard, at the laboratories of the

National Bureau oT Standards, in- Boulder, Colorado, is muchlarger than the portable standards. Housed in its own specialroom, it is about 6.meters long and weighs over 3000 kilograms.The( present Model' was completed in 1976 at a c6:4 of abo'ut$300,000. It is used in Conjunction with several smaller atomic"clocks" that monitor each other constantly and alfe the basis of theNBS time and fr uency services. It is accurate to 1 second in370,000 years.

So who needs the $300,000 clock? We all do. We need it to setour $15 watch. Everyone who uses a television set, a telephone,electric shaver, record player, vacuum leaner, or clock dependsultimately on the precise time and timing information supplied bythis $300,000 clock. Not to mention everyone whose daily activitiesare more or less regulAted by and dependent on the working ofhundreds,-,of computers plugged into each other all across thenationeverything from airplane and hotel reservations to stock

- market quotations and national crime information systems."The time" is very inexpensive and easy ito come by for many ,,

millions of average users, simply because relatively few users r)usthave very expensive and much more refined, precise time. Theremarkable accuracy and dependability of the commOir-electric wallclack can be bought very cheaply only because; very much moreexpensive blocks make, it possible for the power company to deliverelectricity at a very constant 60 cycles per second, or 60 hertz, dayin, and day out. The "time" as most of us know it is simply inex-pensive crumbs from the tables of the few rich "gourmet" consum-ers of time and frequency information.

) a

55

Page 64: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

2

A

I

Page 65: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

58

IIIFINDING AND KEEPING THE TIME

if

. Time ScalesThe Calendar

The Solar DayThe Stellar or Sidereal Day`Eapth Rotation

The Continuing Search for MoreUniform Time: Ephemeris TimeHow, Long Is a Second?

"Rubber" SecondsThe New UTt System and the

59, .

59616161

646465

Leap Second 66The Length of the Year 67The Keepers of Time 68

U.S. Timekeepdrs 69The BureauAternational de l'Heure '70

8. The Clock behind the Clock 71

Flying Clocks 72Time on a Radio Beam 72

Accuracy 74Coverage 76Reliability 76Other Considerations 77

Other Radio Schemes 78Am

9. Thejime Signal on Its Way 79Choosing a Frequency 79

Very Low Frequencies 79Low Frequencies 80Medium Frequencies 81High Frequencies 81Very High Frequencies 81Frequencies above 300 MHz

te.82

'Noise-Additative and Multiplicative 83Three Kinds of Time Signals 84

O

Page 66: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Chapter1 2 3 4 5 68 9 10 11 12 13 14:15 16 174/ 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27_2829 30'31

59

A

%

Length scales may measure, inches or centimeters, miles or kil-.

-meters. Weight scales may be read in ounces or grams. When we'---cspeak of r). ounce, we sometimes hay' to specify whether we mean

avoiAtipdis weight or apothwaries' eight, for each is measuredby a different scale. Nautical miles are not measured by the samescale as statute miles. Time,, too, is 'measured' by different scalesfor different purposes'and by different users, ait the scales them-selves have been modified throughout history to meet changingneeds or 1,1.? gain greater accuracy.,

THE CALENDAR

The year, the month, and the day are natural units of timederived from three different astronomical cycles:

The yearsolar yearis the period of onecomplete revolution of the earth about thesun.The month is the time between twosuccessive new moons.The day is the time between two succes-sive "high')loons-c..

As man became more sophisticate in his astronomical meas-.urements, he noticed that there were no an even number .of daysand months in the year. Early far pr in the Tigris-EuphratesValley had.devised a calendar with 2 months per year, each monthbeing the average time between p;sro n_vv moons, or 291/2 days. Thisadds up to, 354 days per year, 11- days short of the year we know.

EARTH

YEARMOON

MONTH

-->-61RECTIOWOF

SUN

Page 67: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

eo I

me4 I DON'T CARE IF ITA.a. IS MAX you CAN'T

lye" PLANT THE GARDEN JUST THE:'. TODAY!, ICEBERG LETTUCE

DEAR_r--

"' 41ki .t..(i';,..---0.--,

4441.7/10Ire (c.

R0138JOHN

-t_

Before long the farmers ngtced that their planting times weregetting out of step with the seasons. To brihg the calendar intoconformity with the seasons',-, extra days and months were added,at first on a rather irregular basis, and later at regular intervalsover a 19 -year cycle.'

The Egyptians were the first to recogn ze that the solar yearwas close to 365 daytz<, and that even this ulation needed adjust-ment by adding one extra y eve r years: However, the.Egyptian astronomers could not persuade the rulers to add theextra day .every fourth ,year, so the seasons and the calendarslowly drifted out of phase. It was not until some tvtro centuries'la.teithat Julius Caesar, in 46 B.C.,' instituted the 365-day yearadjusted for iteap years. But even this adjustment is9 quite cor-rect; -a feap year every four years amounts,,to an over-correction onthe average of 12 minutes every solar year. Some thbusand yearsafter Julius Caesar established his calendarf this small 'yearly

holidays such as Easter were moving earlier and °earlier i to theerror had accumulated to about six 'days; and important

season.By 1582, the error had beconie so great that, Pope Gregory

XIII modified the calendar and the rules for generating it. Fire,years initiating a new century, not diviqible.by 400(would not be . '

leap years. For example, the year 2000 will be a leap year because .it is divisible by 400, but the year 1900 was not. This change -reduces the error-to about one day in 3,300, ears. Second, to bringthe calendar back into step' with the seasons, 'October. 4 of 158.2'was followecLby October 15, removing.10 days from the year 1582..

''With the adoption of the Gregorian Calendar, the problem ofkeeping the calendar in step with the seasons was pretty wellsolved. But we/still have the awkward fact that tfre- numbers of

. days and months in the year are not commensurate with the.periodof the e,arth's rotation around the sun. Thus, at long as we baseour, calendar upon these' three astrondmical cycles We will alkysbe stuck with the kind of situation we have now, withidiffeentnumbers of days in the months and the years.

Page 68: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

The Solar Day .We hate just §ereti- tri?t because there ,is not an integral

number of days or months .in the year we have a rather raggedcalehdar. But there, are more problems. As man improved his abil--,ity to measure time, he noticed, that the time of day as measured gby a sundiahconld vavy froin.the `.`norrn":as much as' 15 minutes in 't()February anqi(November. There are'two primary reasonsufor this: r15

The pdrtii .dOes not. travel, around the sunin, a circle, l ut in an ellipse. When theearth is near' ic the sun i,n winter, in thenorthern hemisphereit-1*EO faster in'orbit than when jt is further awaj-frOm thesunin summer.The axisof the earth's rotation is tilted'at,an anglei.0 About 231/2 ° with respect tothe'lane which contains the earth's orbitaround the surf.

Together these tk:or,facts'accOunt for the.discrepancieS in Feb-ruary and November: Because of this variation, a new day calledthe `mean solar day" was 'defined. The mean solar' day is- simplythe average length'ef allot the individual solar days thrbughouttAe Fear. The sketik shows, Wow the length or the solar day 'leadsand'.lags behind the glean solar day throughout the year. .

' ,61

15

10

50

ECLIPTIC

2

NORTH 4%!,STAR

vt`.r ;7'p.t.0 STAR

CQLtsTIALEQUATOR

WO O140.1 S

WESTWARD

Y

The Stellar or sidereal.Day .

We have defined the solar day as the time between two "high" EARTH SECOO DAYnoons, or upper tran s.of the sun. But what if we measured the .' _THE EAkri- HAS TO ROTATE

114R0a6W E ANGLEtime_b ,tte,:e tw45. uppei 10,iii4isits of ,a star?. Does the '"star" day ,/., FOR THE "SCAN TO at OVER-equal .the!sollar` day? Na. Wveityould find that the star would Appear HEAD AT THE SAME POINT

at tipper transit a littleeatier the second night. Why? Because theearth, during the thilwit making vonerotation about its- axis, hasmoved some'distance,-alSo its 'journey around the sun. The net.effect is that the mean, 1?,14-r dAy is about four minutes longer thanthe day. determined by..the,4tar. The day determined by the star iscalled the sidereal . .

,

Unlike 'the solar day7the:sidereal day does not vary in lengthfrom one time of the Yeth4ti5 another; it is afwaYs,abOut foUr mineutes. Shorter than the mean solaar day, regardless of the 'time ofyear or season. ,

Why is its length so much more constant? 13ecause Ur starsare sp far away from the earth that the tilt of the earth's ;axis .andthe elliptical orbit of the earth around the sun' can be ignored, Toput it differently, if We Were looking at the earth from: some dis-4ant star, we would,,hap:6-be,able to' discern that aTilted earth,was moving around the sun in an elliptical orbit. In fact;the meansolar day itself can .be'mOre,,easily measured,,by observingThe stars

NiCi'70 STAR

TAKES EARTHEXTRA TIME °TO ROTATETHROLX4

THIS EXTRAMJESLE

ToSTAR

\

than it can by observing

Earth RotationThere still remains one'final area of uncertainty in t e astro-;

nomical time scale, Does'the earth itself rotate uniformly? Therea

()

A

EARTI1

EARTH PtiRST oAy.STAR AND 51JtJ ARV80TH 01106.1E.A0 ATPOINT ON .

t

Page 69: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

62"

Pr

were suspicions as early .as the late 17th century trig it does not.The first Astronomer Royal ,of England, John. Flamstead, sug-,'

sted in 1675 that since the earth is surrounded by water and air,whose distribution across the surface of the earth changes withtime, its rotation rate might change from season to season.

. A-more definitive clue was obtained by the British astronomerEdmund Halley, after whom the. famous comet was.named. In 1695Halley n iced that the moon was ahead of where it should havebeen. i her the earth IN-as slowing down in its rotational rate orthe moon's orbit had not been properly predicted. The moon's orbitwas carefully recalculated, but no error was found.

1.1 The evidence continued to mount. Near the beginning of the26thtSentury,- Simon Newcomb, an American astronomer, on-'eluded that during the past two centuries the moon had begri atX time ahead of, and at times behind, its predicted position. By 1939it seemed clear that the earth's rotation was not uniform. Not ly,,,wa§ the moon not appealing where it was supposed t9 be, but theplanets, tog were of in their predicted places. The obvioits

- :, e xlana#RAyasd the eartif4r4otaticn wa's'not Uniforn.i,

.41.0

CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO COPYRIGHT RESTRiCTIONg

-ripAL SLOWING

POLE. WANDERS

'. With the development of atomic timekeeping in the early

950'si, it was possible to rstudy the irregularities in earth rotationmore carefully; for ,time obtained from atomic clocks more uni-form than earth time. These studies, along with observations suchas those just mentioned,: indicate, that there are three main typesof irregularities: .

The earth is gradually slowihg down; thelength of the day is aboth 16 millisecondslonger now than it was 1000 years ago.This slowing iS\ due l'argely to frictionaltidal effects of the moon on the earth'soceans. Indire0 eviden4e from the annualgrowth bands on fossil corals suggeststhat the earth day was-about.A14hours, sixhundred million years ago.The positions of the North and Soutipoledwander around by a few mbters from oneyear to the next. Precis'; ,measurements

Page 70: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

show that its wandering may ptbduce adiscrepancy as large as 30 milliseconds.This polar effect may be due to seasonaleffects and rearrangements in the struc-ture of the earth itself.Regular and irregular fluctuations aresuperimposed on the slog decrease' inrotation rate. The regular fluctuations

..amount to a few millisecbnds per year. In-,..--ffie:ppring the earth slows down, and in

the fall it speeds up,"because of seasonal/variations on the surface Of the earth, asfirst suspected by John Flamstead.

One possible explanation of this variation can be understoodby recalling the figure of a skater spinning on one toe. As theski draws his outstretched arms. ion toward his bOdy, he spins

ter. When,he extends them, he slows down. This'is so becauserotational momentum cannot chat4e unless there is some force toproduce, a change. The skater is an isolated spinning 'body with

. only a slight; frictional drag caused by tie air and/the point of con:tact between the ice and the skate. When he pulls in his 'arms, hisspeed increases, so rotational rilOmentum remainsunchanged, and vice versa,

The earth is also an isolated spinning body. Duritt the wintero in the northern hemisphere, water-evaporates froth the ocean and

accumulates .'kt 'ice and snow on the hiai. mountains. This move-ment of water \SfrOtri the oceans to the mountain tbps is similar tothe Mcater's extenaing, his arms. So the earth slows down_ inwinter; in the spririg, the sr:lbw melts and runs, back to the seas,and the earth speeds up again.

One might wonder why this effect in the northern hemisphereis dot exactly compensated by the opposite effect 'in the SouthernhemisPhgre during its change of seasons. The answer is that theland mass north--.Ed-the equator is considerably greater than themass. south of the equator; and although there- pre compensatingeffects' between 4he two hemispheres, the northern hemispheredominates. 31_

All of these effects that conspire ,-to male the. earth a. some=what it4.gular clock have led to'the development of 4-,hree differentscales of time that are called .Universal Iff0, UT1, andUT2.

UTO is the scale generated by the meansolar day. Thus UTO corrects for the tilted

. 'earth moving around the sun in an ellip-tical orbit.UT1 is UTO corrected for the polar mOtionof the earth.UT2 is UT1 corrected for the regultaiow-ing down and speeding up of the earth inSpring' and fall. Each staP, from UTO 'toUT2 produces a mere uniform time scale.

,

SNOW s.4

OCEANLEVEL

W I NtrERSLOW5 DOWN

SUMMER SPEEDS UP

I

Page 71: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

THE CONTINUING SEARCH FOR MORE UNIFORM TIME; EPHEM-ERIS TIME

As we have-seen, time based upon the earth's rotation'aboutits axis is irregular. We have also seen that because of this irregu-

lar rotation, the predicted times of certain astronomical phenom--ena, such as the orbits of the moon and the planets are not always

3 in agiiipment- with the observations. Unless we assume that themoon and all of the planets are 'acting in an tinpredictable,.butsimilar, fashion, we must accept the only alternative assumptionthat the earth's rotation is not steady.

Since this assumption seems the more reasonableand hasindeed beerr substantiated by other observationswe shouldassume that the astronomical events occur at the "correct"",time,and that we should tie our time scale to these events rather than to

:earth rotation. This "w,as in fact done in 1956, and the time basedon the occurrence of these astronomical events is called EphemerisTime:

ti4

CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS.

00

tt-

HOW LONG IS A SECOND?.

The adoption of Ephemeris Time had an impact-on the ,defini-tion Of the 'second, which is the basic unit for m,easuring time:-Prior to 1956, thUsecona was 1/86,400 of the mean solar day, sincethere are 86,400 seconds in a day. But we know that the secondbased on solar time is ,variable; so after 1956 and until 1967 thedefinition of the second was based upon Ephemeris Time.. As -apractical matter itwas decided that the Ephemeris second should.,closely approximate the mean soldr second, and so the Ephemerissecond Ras defined as very near the mean solar -second for the"tropical" year 1900. (Tr9pical year is the technical name forourOfdinary concept of the Tear; it is discussed more fully oh page67.) Thus two clocks, one keeping Ephemeris Time (ET) andthe Other Universal Time (UT), would have been tn, close agree-ment in 1900. But because Of- the slowdown of the earth's rotation,UT was about 30 seconds behind ET bythe middle of the century.

Page 72: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

EpheMeris Time has the advantage of being uniform, and asfar as We know it coincides with the uniform time that Newtonliad in mind when he formulated his laws of motion. 'The big dis-advantage of Ephemeris. Time is that it is not readily accessiblebecause, by its very definition, we Must whit for predicted astro-nomical events to occur in order to make a comparison. In otherwords, to obtain the kinds of accuracies that are required in themodern world, we must spread our astronomical observations overseveral :years' For example, to obtain ET to an accuracy of 0.05second requires making observations over a period of nine years!

UT seconds, by contrast, can be determined to an accuracy ofa few 'milliseportds in one day because UT is based upon dailyobservations of the stars. But the fact remains that the UT secondis a. variable because of the irregularities in the earth's rotation .

rate."What was needed was a second that could, be obtained accu-rately in a short Wile.

"Rubber" SecondsScientists'haoigeveloped workable atomic clocks by the early

1950's with accuracies never before realized. The problem was thateven with the refinements and corrections that had been made inUT (Earth Time), LIT and Atomic Time will get out of stebecause of the irregular rotation of the earth. The need persistecr*for a time scale that has the smoothness of Atomic Time but thatwill stay in approximate step with UT.

Such a comprOmise scale was generated in 1958. The de factodefinition of the second was based on atomic time, but the timescale itself, called Coordinated Universal. Time (UTC) was to stayIn approximate step with"UT2. It was further decided that therewould be the same number of seconds in each year.

But this is clearly impossible unless the length of the second ischanged periodically to reflect variations in the earth's rotation

°rate. This change vas provided for, and the "rubber" second cameinto being. Each year, beginning In 1958, the lengt o e second,relative_ to the atomic second, was altered- slight' , with the hopethat the' upcoming ypar would contain the same n Mber of seconds

. as the one just passed. But as we have previou ly observed, therot on rate of the earth is not entirely predictable; so there is nowa to be certain in advance that the rubber second selected for agiven, year will be right for the year or years that follow.

In Anticipation pf this poSsii;ility it was further agreed thatwhenever UTC and UT2 differed by more than 1/10 second, the UTCclock_ would be adjusted ty 1A0 second to stay within, the specifiedtolerance.

But after a few years many people began to realize that therubber-second systhm was a nuisance. Each year clocks all over theworld had to be adjusted to run at a different rate. The problemswere similar to those we might expect if each year the length of .the centimeter was changed slightly and all rulers-:--which weremade of rubber, of coursehad to be stretched or shrunk to fit the

0

Page 73: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

!BEFORE 1956 1ONE SECOND=MEAN 'SOLAR DAY

86,1460CALLED 1-IE MEAN

SOLAR SECOND.

1956 1976ONE SECOND =

TROPICAL YEAR fOg 1100.?3I, 556,925. 9747

CALLED THE EPHEMERIS,SECOND

1967ONE' SECOND:-

9 lq2, 634 770 OSCILLATIONSOF THit "UNDISTURBED':

. CESIUM ATOMCALLED THE ATOMIC SECOND

f"cel.ntiMeter of the year.".Not qnly was it a nuisanceNo adjust theclocks, but in cases WhereAigh-quality,clocks had to be adjusted, itwas a very expensive operation. The rubber second was abandonedin favor of the atomic second.

SECONDS WILL BE LONGERTHIS YEAR CHANGE THE

CLOCKS

Atomic Time and the Atomic SecondThe - development of atomic freqUency standards (see page

41) set the stage for' a new second that could be ,determinedaccurately in a short time. In 1967 the second-Was defined in termsof the frequency of radiation emitted by `a cesium atom. Specifi-,

by international agreement, the standard second was definedas the elapsed time of 9,192,631,770 oscillations of the "undislturbed" cesium atom. Electronic devices associated with an atomic,clock count these oscillationS and display the accumulating countsin the way that another cloccourits the swings of a pendulum. .

Now the length of the second could be determined .accurately,,.in less Than a minute, to a few billiOnths of a second. Of courstthis new definition of the second is entirely independent of anyearth motion ; and so we are' back to the same old, now-familiarproblem Because of the irregularity of the enth's r, rotation,Atomic Time and Earth Time (UT) will get out of step.

The New UTC System and the Leap SecondTo solve the problem of Atomic Time and Earth Time getting

out of step, the "leap second" was invented in 1972. The leapsecond is similar to the leap year, when an "extra day is addedevery fourth year -t6 the end of February to keep the number ofdays in ,the year in step with the movement of the earth aroundthe sun. Occasionally an extra second, the leap second, is addedor pos6ibty subtracted----as required by the irregular rotation rateof the earth. More precisely, the rule is that UTC will always be

-within 0.9 seconds of UT1. The leap second-is normally added to orsubtract'ed -from the last minute of the year, in December, or alelast minute of June; and timekeepers thrbughout the world arenotified 'by the Bureau International de l'Hetire (BIH), in Paris,France, that the change is tiz be made, The minute during which.the adjustment is made is either 59 or 61 seconds lohg.

Page 74: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

11111111111

1 1

'11111111.

0111111

IMOYOU AR ERE

NO IFIEDTHAT THIS ISGONNA' 8E A

SHORTYEAR /0

Imp)11111.1011111

11111'111111

u its

1111111110

'41

to

In 1972a leap yeartwo leap seconds were added, Making itthe" "longest" year in modern times. Only one .leap second wasadded in 1973, 1974, 1975, and 1976.

THE LENGTH OF THE YEAR

Up to this point we have defined the year as the time it takesfor the earth to make one complete jou ney around the sun. But!actually there are two kinds of year. Th first is the sidereal year,which is the time it takes the earth ,to. circle around the sun withreferenceto the stars, in the same sense that the sidereal day,,isthe time required for one complete revolution of the earth arotindits axis with respect to the stars: We can visualize the siderealyear as the jime it would take the earth to move from some point,around its orbit, and back to the starting pointif We were watch-ing this motion from a distant star. The length of the sidela.Iyear is about 365.2564 mean solar days ... Solar days (See page 6 ):-.

The other kind of year is the one we are used to everydaylifethe one that is broket up into, the fonr seasons. s

isis.

technically known as the tropical yectr, and- its duration is about365.2422 mean solar days, or about 20 Minutes shorter' than thesidereal' year. The reason the two years are different lengths isthat the reference point in space for the tropiCal year moves slowlyitself, relative to the stars. The reference pOint for .the tropicalyear is the point in space called thp vernal equinox, which movesslowly westward through the background of stars. The sketch -onpage 61 shows how the vernal equinox is marked.

The celestial equator is contained in the plane that passdsthrough the earth's equator, whereas the "ecliptic" is in the planethat passes through the (4 rth's- p-rbit around the sun. The vernalequinox andgthe autumna equilvx are the two points in space .

where the ecliptic and . celestialequators. intersect. 'The angletween the ecliptic' and the"cel,estial :equator is determin he

tilt of the earth's axis of revolution to the plane of the eel' tic., But why does the vernillequinox-Land;.a.Isq the(atAmnal equi-noxmove slowly in space? For the same reason hat a spinningtop wobbles pi it spins. The top wobbles because th& earth's gravi-tation is trying to pull it on its side, while the spinning motio

SIDEREAL' YEAR =-365.2564 MEANSOLAR DAYS

a

=:dt7

TROPICAL' YEAR =365 . 2422 MEAN-7S0LAR,.DA\Y5

r.

Page 75: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

.41

25, WO YEARSFOR ONE

PRECESSION

Pui-4 op%au

(1.

.

BULOGE ATEQUATOR

MOON

1:

produces a force that attempts to keep the top upright. Togetherthe two forces cause the top tip wobble,,,pr-"precess." °

In the case.of the earth, the earth is primarily the spinningtop and the forces trying to topple it are the pulls of the moon andthe sun; the moon produces the dominaht force. If the earthwere a perfect sphere with uniform density, there would be nosuch effect by the moon because all of the forces could be thoughtof as acting at the center of the earth. But because the earth spins,it bulges at the equator; and 4p there isLan uneven distribution ofmass, which allows the moon's gravitationhl field to get a "handle,"so to speak, on the earth. The time for one complete precession isabout 25,800 yearS, which amounts to less than one minute of arcper year. (One degree equals 60 minutes of arc.) But it is thisslight yearly motIon of the vernal equinox thlt accounts'for thetropical year Ming about 20 minutes shorter. than the sidereal

ar:

THE- KEEPERS OF TIME

Whatever the time scale and its individual advantages or idio-syncrasies, itis; of itself, simply a metgr-stick, a basis for measure-ment. Before it's- of any value, someone must put it to use-; andsomeone must' maintain and tend the- instruments involved in themeasurements. For as -we've noted before, time is unique amongA

file physical properties in that it is forever changing, and 1the m4-terstick that measures it can'aever be laid aside or forgotten about,to be activated only when someone wishes to use it.

ACARTOON. DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO, COPYRIGHT ,RESTRICTIONS.

et".

One can ry ieasure lengt . or mass or temperatwe of an isolated Ientity, without consider ion of continuity or 'needing toQaccOUnt

-, for all rthe space be een two isolated entities. But every instant

of time, in a sense, must be accounted for. If a, month, a year, or acentury doesn't "come out 'right"-, with respect to- astronomicalmove nts, it won't do.simply"to .top the clocks for the !neededAtiod of timeor move them ahead a cer n 'amount-7-arkd start

Every'single second has its name on it and each one must be

4

Page 76: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

. .

accounted for, day after day, year after year, centurntfter cen-tury. There has to be' a general agreement among people andaniong nations' on which time scale is to be used, and when *era-

.

tIois are to be made-ba:"the;ctime." This is a much greater -andmore elaborate undertal*g than most persons realize.

tcThe keepers of time make an ini)o.r.tant contribution tosociety, and_ even in days past they were held in high esteem:

-,Ancient legends of primitive peoples often portray the great posi-tion of honor arid trust occupied by the tender of the clockaiSQ

- the tedus and somet,imes irksome sense of responsibility felt by. the tender, and the ignominy and condemnation heaped upon him

by his fellow tribesmen when he failed, in his duties. "The morethings change, the more they are the same." rThe clock tender.oday is in much the same position, for although what passes forhe "correct time" is all around us, all this information is of littleslue to the man responsible for maintaining the accuracy of "the

clock"or frequency standard. He must realize that his dock isan individual, unique in all the world, and that many operationsinvolving time, money, and,other people depepd Upon how well hetends his clock.

Whether the clock in question is one that regulates the activi-'ties of a radio or television station, tells the power company whenit's putting out eleCtricity at exactly 60 Hz, or providing locationinformation on a ship at sea, the clock's "keeper" depends on abroader authority for his information. These authorities, are bothnational and international.

q.S. Timekeepers.

There are, two organizations in the United States primarilyrespOnsible for providing time and frequency informationthe.National Bureau of Standards (NBS) and ,the United StatesNaval Observatory (USNO), both organizationskithin the U. S. ,

Goveriment.As'vcre have seen, the present UTC time scale has both an

agronomical and an atomic coniponent: The lengti(t5f thksecond isdetermined by atomic observations, whereas the number of .secondsih the year -A .determined by, astronomical observations. The atomiccomponent' can be divided into two partsone part related to accu-racy and another part related to. Very rougitly speaking, the. USNOris responsible for the U. S.contribution to the astronomical part of UTC, and NBS is resporci-sible for the U. g. contribution to the accuracy part of the atomiccomtIonen4 or length of the second; and both organizations provideinp related- to the stability part of the ,atomic component. TheBure u International de l'Heure, 1H) in Paris, accumulates thisdata from many laboratories and observAories. all over the,world

sand ca culates "the time." ('

Th NBS input is generated by a sy tem of atomic clocks inits 14 atories in Boulder, Colorado. The ysbernAo. nssigsof a-pri-margfrequencKstandard, which is used to check the accuracy 9: a

1,2 9 ivy

`-

---.

TIME SCA.' .

c)ASTROIJOMIcALCOMPOMEMT A ,

2. ATOMIC 021V1POKJEWT

q. ACCURACYb. tVABILI TY

Page 77: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

- NATIONSOF.

WORLD

811-400'

PARIS

number of smaller; commercially-built seconrdary standards. The.secondary standards run continuously 'and serve as a "flywheel"for the system.

.` To carry out its responsibilities, the USN. 1114bs observa-tions at its main facility in Washington, D. C., as we as in Rich-mond, Florida. The observations are made using a special telescdedesigned to measure the time 'when a given star passes overhead.'By measuring the time betwen successive overhead passages ofthe star, the earth's rotation can be monitored and thus UT, canbe derived, To obtain the most precise measurements, a "photo-, graphic zenith tube" is used. With this device, the star is photo-.graphed automatically on a photographic plate that may containthe images of several stars, over one night's observation.

INTERNATIONALATOM IC TIME

SCALE

/

The Bureau International de I'Heure. In an attempt to create a world time scale, some 70 nations of

the world contribute data to the Bureau knte-Anational de l'Heure,(BIH) in Paris, France: The BIH is the international headquar-ters for keeping time; and its responsibility is to take- fe informa-tion provided by the, contributing nations to construct an interna-tional atomic time scale, the TAI scale. Some 'nations provide onlyas omical information, others only stability information; and

ers provide accuracy, stability, band astronomical information.The time as

t determined by the BIH is just an average of all thevarious nations' time. It is also the responsibility of the. BIH todetermine when a leap second must be introduced.

From time to time NBS and other national titnekeepmgauthorities make very exact comparisons of their clocks with theBIH clock. And with this clock as an agreed-upon standard, it is

4heoretically possible to keep all clocys in the world synchronized.But trying to realize this possibility is'a constant challenge.

4 4

Page 78: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

I

1

Chapter2 3 , 4 5 6 7

10 11 ,12 13 1415 16' 17 18 '19 20 2122 2 24 25 26 27 28

30 31

THE CLOCKBEHIND

THE CLOCK

A great many people carry "the tune" around with them, inthe, form of a wrist watch. But what ,O the watch.stilas? Or whatif two wrist, watches show different time? HOw do the wearersknow which i's right,--,Or whether eithez4 one is correct ?`..'

If

CARTOON DELETED 'R&M THIS PACE DUE TO'COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS:,t

Of course, withthey may as a friend. wth a third watchwhosetimepAite rqd.y or may no agile With one of the first two. Or one

, may dial the tele company time service, or fferhaps set. hiswatch when he hears -:s the time announcement on radio or televiskin, The "correct 'time" seems to be all around uson the wall

a

` k.11

.

71

Page 79: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

72

..

clock at the drug store or court house, the outdoor time-and-tem-, pelature display at the local bank or shopping center. But a bit of

observation will show that these sources are not always in agree-ment, even within a minute or so of each-other, not to mention sec-onds or a fraction of a second. Which one:is right? And where dobliese sources get" the time? How do radio and televisiOn stationmanagers knOwyhat time it is ?

The answer is that there,are, throughout the tld, specialradio broadcasts' of accurate time information. t of thesebroadcasts 'are at frequencies outside the, range of or inary Unitedr States- AM radio; so one needs a special:radio recei er to tune in

'the inforthation. Many of these shortwave: receivers are owned by;radio and televisidn ltations, as well as ,,Wr slientific o ies inindustry and government, and even by private citizens, such asboat owners, NA° need precise-time information to navigate by thestars.

Of course, we come to the ultimate question: Where do these'special broadcast 'stations go to find the time? And the answer is

Lthat many nations maintain the time by' using very accurateatomic cloaks combined with astronomical observations,,as- we dis-cussed move fully in the previousch'apter:,All the time information

4trom these Sarious countries is constantly compared and combined,to provide a kind of "average world time," UTC, which 13 thenbrbadcast by the, special, time arid frequency radio stations locatedin various parts of the world.

FLYING CLOCKS .Keeping the 1VprId's cloc synchronized, or running.tegetner,

is an unceasing challenge. One of the inost.obvious ways to do it f'ssimply to carry a,thir4-atomic clock between the master. cIock..and

` t *Fhe users' cloeIthe a-cctira-c7cof the sknebronization ti-e5endS,Pri;parilY on the qualIty the:bIOck'ca:rried between the two, Iotatitns and' hk time it takes tp*.nsnort it. Usually the clock travelsby airplane, carefully tende-cfAt tg-ty Spies by a team of technicians.Typicaljy,, the best, quality",,,fortg6le. atomic cesium clock. mightdrifhEefween 0:1 and 1.0 nifdroAecond per day. Carrying theseportable atomic clocks-is one of the, main methods for comparingthe tftne.and frequency standards of the various nations with theBIH. ,

TIME ON A RADIO BEAM. As early as 1840',it ace izTed.,-to the English inventor Alexan-

der Bain that:it,would be -po.' tl'e!zto..send time Signals over a wire:Bain obtained seteral patent , utit was not until a decade or sodater that any serious p 'ogres's. was made in this direction. 'Butbefore the middleof the/19th century the railroads were spreadingeverywhere, and their' need for better 'time inform ion and .dis-semination was critical. As the telegraph, system developed, bySamuel F: B. Morse gre'w with the railroads, sySt s were devel-

-.oped' to relay time signals by telegraph, which automatically setclocks in all,majorrailroaddepots. . . - .#

c,...

7;) 1

Page 80: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

. A .0 ?':"4... {.During the early hart of the 20th *buy, with the deVelop-

. ment of radio, broadcasts of time information were initiated. In1904 the United States Naval Observatory (USNO) eiperimentallybroadCast time from Boston; and by 1910 time signals were beingbroadcast froin an antenna located on the Eiffel TOwer, in Paris.In 1912, at an international meeting held in Paris, uniform stand-ards for broadcastihg time signals were discussed.

In March of 1923, the-National Bureau of Standards (NBS)e 'began broadcasting its own time signal. At first there were only,

standard radio frequencies, transmitted on a regularly anhouncedschedule from shortwave station WWV, located originally in,Washington; D-40.!One of the main uses of this signal was to allowradio stations to keep on them' assigned frequencies, a.difficult taskduring the early days of radio. In fact, one night irk the 1920's thedirigible' kenandoakbecame lost in a winter storm over the east-ern seaboa d, and it - was necessary for the Nev York radio sta-tions to suspend transmissions so that the airship's'radio messagecould be detected. i-

WWV was later mcived outside. Washington, D. C., to ,Belts--ville, Maryland; and-in 1,9064to its present home at Fort Collins,Colorado, about. 80 kilomet north of Boulder, where the NESTithe and EtraertIency Division is located.

A 4ster station, VVWVII, was installed in Maui,6 Haw iir in.(1948;746 larchside similar services, in the,Pacific ,area, and IN esternNerth .Ainerica. In. July 1971, WW.V,H-, w`as'moye.d . : site -nearkekaha do the ,Island of Kauai, in the weste n par of the'Hawaiian Island 'chain. The 35 percent, increase in area overage

RADIO TI MEI BROADCASTS

Iq04 UNITED STATESNAVAL OBSERVATORYTRANSMITTS FROMBOSTON

1910 TRANSMISSIONS FROMEIFFEL TOWER INPARIS

1923- NATIONAL BUREAU OFSTANDARDS TRANSMITTSFROM WASHINGTON D.C. .

Page 81: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

74

---

achieved by 'installation of new and better equipment extendedWWVH service to include Alaska; Australia, New Zetland, andSoutheast Asia.

Throughout the years NBS has expanded and revised the serv-ices-and format of its shortwave breldcasts to meet changing and-more demanding- needs:. Today signals are--bioadcast at severVif-ferent fi-equencies in the shortwave band 24 houris a day. Thesignal format prov es a ,ntuitber of diffefent kinds of information,such as standard sical pitch, ,standard time interval, a time/. signal both in the orm.of voice.annoulement and a time code,information about radio broadcast conditions, and even weather .

. information about major storm conditions in the Atlantic andPacific areas from WWV and WWVB respectively.

The broadcasts of WWV may also be heard via4elephonedialing (303,) '499-7111 (Botiitier, Colorado) . The telephone userwill hear thelive broadcasts' as received by radio fn Boulder. Qon-sidering the instabilities and variable delays of propagation by_radio and telephone combined, the listener should pot expect ,accu-racy of the telephone; time signals to better than 1/30 of a second.

NBS also broadcasts a signal at 60 kHz from -radio station`7- WWVB, also- jocated in Fort Collins, in. the-form of a time ,code,

which is intended primarily for domestic uses. This stash pro-/ \ vides better quality frequency information because atmospheric

propagitioneffeets are relatively minor at 60 kHz (see Chapter 9).The time code is also better suited to applications where autothaticequipment is utilized.

'The USNO..provideS time and frequencY information vianumber of U. S. Navy communication- stations; some of whi1-7-1 '-operate in the very low frequency (VLF) range. The U. Si, Navyhas also been-testing experimentally the possibility of disseminat-,ing time inforniation from satellites, as has NBS (sae page 141) .-

At present, there are over 30 different radio stations through-'out the world tharbroadcast standard time and frequency signals.And as we shall see in the following discussions, other broadcasts

. partictiloly thomfrom, radio navigation systems are' alsosources of time anr frequency- information. But first let's, discussthe basic.characteristics of radio timesignalt.

AcciiracyThe, basic limitation in shortwave' radio transmission of time .

information ,is that the information received 'lacks, the aecuracy ofthe, information brOadcast. The signal broadcast takes, a, small butdefinite time to reach the. listener ; whenthe listener hears that thetime is 9 :00 A,M., it

--is really a. very small fraction .of a second

after 9 :00. f he knows how 1 'ng ittitskes for the' radio' signalto reach' hi' he can alloW for the elay a'nd corre'bt this' feadingaccording . But where .:extreiriely ccurate t4Ke information iSneeded, d el-mining the delay .yreciselie is a _difficult problembe

rthe signal does not normally travel in' a direct line to, the

. Usually it-coif-1es to him by bOuncing along a.- zig -zag pathix

0.

PULSE ARRIVESA AFTER

9AMIATDISTANTLOCATION

r

Page 82: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

.--- ,, i . .

.

,

between the' atikfaceY

'53.1 the earth and the ionosphere, .which is. a(

layer of tt.id upper atmosphere that acts like a mirror fOr r ' ''''

waves. . . ,'Then height orthis reflective layer . depends in a cOMplica e'd

way upon the,seagon of the year,-the sunspbt activity on the sub,,the time:of day, and Many other subtle effects. So'the height of the

...irefleetIve layer changes constantly in a way pat is tnotseasy to pre-dict, and thus the path tielay in the signaX,is ,also difficult to 'predictor evaluate. . , _ . _.

Because "of- these, unpredictable!ef' det.;.it is difficult to receiveifiIV. 'ttime by shortwave radio. viithi'igi.:gt--.C.,

,,,..Y.,,,bet er than - one one -

thousandth of .,a 'second. 'For tha..eyerke4f,activitie of about 98percent oftimOnfoi:mation users;this-:.degee of accuracy his morethan adequate,coS3 course, But 'there. are ?:44ny: vitally impor6ntapplications--,su*as the high-Peed communications systems .dis--cussed in Chvter 1.1.where time must be:known to one - millionth.9f a.second, or even better. .

...

1

75

EARTH'

.1

. CARTOON pELETEk.. OM PAGE. DUE TO COpYitTGIKE ;RESTRICTION

'. 1rd't ' _schemes forThe teed for greater accuracy has e o severa o

overcoming the problem of the.unpredictable: path delay. In-sytkiid oftrVng tb predict or cfculAte thedelay, fore m-,mple, we ,Ca.4` gu-nplymeasure it One of the moSt:common way& to clothi,,s is to transmita signar from the rn4slei\clock, ?Jo, knowillivstant of time, to thelocation we visli to syrchp:)nize. As soon as the sign& Is receivedat tlie-reniote location, it is transmitted ,ack IQ the master clockWhen the signal. arrives. back at its int 6f drigin; we note ittei Y

arrival time Then' by subtfacting th4, time of transmission fromthe time Of 'return, we can compute 'the round-trip time, and the-

, one-waY-trip time by dividing this figure by two:As is usually,the co.*, However, we 'don't get'AorriethirigifOr

nothing; we've had to install ,a transmittse'r 4fithe receiver locatiim .

to make the measurement. One Of the Indsof this particulftr approach; has been to, ussignals back.and forth between' the locationnize. '.->

important applications.satellit4 to. relay, .;

we wtsh' to synchror

,

p -

th

,

.

LEAVESAT 0 sqc. V)

oloo

a

.gud.

`gETURNS AT100,,IERq-'sfcbsios

Page 83: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

. - .. 'Coverage .

,..ACcuracy is only oneof the requiremen ,a usable IfiMe-i n-.fornpition s3istein. Obviously, an. ext Tmely a iu rt time source. ,

that could ,make its information known nily a hundn. miles away. .

. .would he of limited use; sometimes it's important, to make the'''' same information simultaneously available almost thi...oughout the

world. Miring the International Geop si . Year,'starfing'ifrJuly.of 1957, for example; 'scientists wanted o I now how certain geo-physical events pre'gressed as a function' of time Over the kirfac.00.'of the earth. They wanted to find out, among other things,'how a

. la-ge burst of energy from the :4n,, affected radio communicationson earth,'as a function of time and location. -.Stich' information notonly has practical importance for local and Ntorldwjde.communica-tions, but it also 'provides data to 'develop and to decide,between proposed theories. -- : ,

i, 6,0kUnfortunately there WaS notand still is notany omesystemthat provide-s''adequare°7141wide.coverage. -Different userShave to '.use different systems with varyifig. degrees of success. And -there isalways th4important question,! of how accurately the various sys7tems are tied to each:other. Although it may be posSible to recoverthe time from two cliffereiiit systems quite accurately, 'the end

... resalt is.still. no }Atter tharkthe degree to which stations are syn-IF chronized to each other. . .."

Reliability , , .

, . . .

Reliability-0 'aixither impoytant factor: Even if the transmit-.ting"station is.almoiitnever- doWn'because of technical difficulties,

° radio signals fade in -wind out' the receiver, Most of the.well-., known- standard time and free racy broadcast services are in theoft

shortwayeThand; where fad .7can be 4 severe problem.-To return.to our, scientist of ti Geophysical Yeaf, he may want toLmake'kcrucial Measurement' daring, say, an earthquak4; 'add he di oversthat there is no available radio time sigthil.

.- A1 .:

.C.1 "

IT HAPPENEXACTLY 8:25

'7?

t

JOHN

.-, ,. Of ctourse, most users are aware of tliis difficultY; so they try. . . . .to protect:qhemselves against such, loss- of information .by. main-,

taining-a 6Iocl: at their own location, to interpolate between losses

Page 84: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

of radio sig'nals.:Or more ustially they routinely calibrate theirclocks:ance-a day when0refiableradio signals are available.

At the broadcast- station an attempt is made to overcome lossof its sigridtkoby broadcasting the-time on several different fre-quencies' It once.Thei.hopei;,,' that at least one signal will be avail

,able most ef.thetirrke. , ,(

Other Considerations , ., . ,,

Percent of qt fine available refers mainly to systems that !arenot particularly, subject to signal fading bat are off the air part ofitie time. For example, if we bwoadcast time over a. commercial TV

swhen itthe signal 'will be there' il' supposed to be. But since TV...° station, say, once every half hou we can be pretty certain that

stations are off the air during late-night and early-morning hours;the information will not be available 100 percent of the time.

.eceiver cost is another factor that the user must considei: inhis choice of system. No system its ideal for all users or in all cir-cumstances. And as' is generally 'the case in most choices, one hasto accept some limitations in order to get the advantages mostimportant to him.

=,-.

Ambiguity refers. to the degree to which the time signal isself-contained. For .example, a time signal that consisted of ticks atone-minute intervals' -would allpw' the user to set the seconA handof his watch to zetk at the correct merment; but it wouldn't ea himat what minute to set'the.minuie hand. On the other hand, if theminute ticks were preceded by a voice announcement that said,."Atthe tick the time is 12 minutes after The hour," then the listener-could set. both his second hand and his' minute hand, but not -hihour hand. .. .

...For the most part, shortwave radio broadcasts dedicate

themarily to disseminating time are relatively unambiguousense that they broadcast day, month; !year, hour; minute, and

.second inforMation. some other; services one assumes that theuser knows what, year, month, and 'day it tis. Other systems, partic-ularly navigation systems, (see *page 1'0i) ; that are sources of timeinformation, are usually more aur-bigiidushetause their signals arepriniarily ticks and tones; and the user. must 'have access .to someother time signal ,t9 remove the

OTHER RADIO SCHEMES .. 1 ,

In addition to the widely used shortwave broadcasts of:time-informatiott, thei:e exist `other radio 'systems that can be used toretrieve such information. Low-frequency navigation .Systems,,forinstance, although they were built and are operated for, anotherpurpose, are. good Sources of time information because their Sig-nals are referenced to high- quality atomic frequency standards andto "official" time sourCes. .

1

. A

At the other end of the frequency spectrum, television broad-casts prbvlde a source of extremely sharp; strong. pulses that canreadily be used to 'synchronize any number of clocks. Attually, Uny.

1

LOCALCLOCK

iv.

!RADIORECEIVER

77

CailWRE4TED$ME

I

aA

Page 85: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

78

kind of radio itignal, with some identifiable feature that is "visi-ble" at two or more places can be used, to .synchronize clocks, as weshall see in the next chapter. Of course, clocks',Can'be Synchronized..without necessarily telling the "correct"- or 'seandard time But ifany one of the clocks being synchronized has access to standardtime (date), all other clocks give1 the necgssary equipmentcanbe synchronized to it.

0.

The broadCast frequency of a radio signal has a zreat deal todo with its usefulneSs: Systems other; than the shortwave 'systemhay ceriair advantages--:Lbut 'also distinct disadvantages. We shallsay more abo.ut this in th xt chapter.

V

Page 86: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Chapter1 2 3 4 5" 6 Q8 16 11 12 13, 14

15 16 17. 18, 19 262122 23 24 25 26.27 28.29 30 31

THETIME SIGNALON ITS WAY

We've already realized that information . aboid the "correcttime" is Useless unless it's instantly available. 13at what, exactly,do we mean by "instantlyy," and how -is it made available to every-one who wants- to kner-What time it j.s?'What can 'happen to this

3,-information on its way to the user, -and w at can be. done to avoidsome of the bad thingslthatican and do happen .;

CHOOSING A 'RADIO FREQUENCY -44 ,. . , .

The frequency of 'a rat-Wasignal ptimarily determines its path.The signal may bounce 1446-lind forth between the jenosaliere andthe surface of The earth, 'or creepalong the curved surface of the'earth, or travel in a straight line--depending- on the frequency ofthe broadcast. We shall discuss the characteristics of different fre-quencies, beginning with the very loW fAquencies and working ourway up to the higher frequencies:

Very Low Frequencies (VLF) -3 -30 ktrz.The big advantage of VLF signalA is that one relatively low-

powered tranwitter could provide worldwide dveragL A number..of-Years ago, ar VLF signal broadcast iriothe mountains near '1301-der, Colorado, was detected in Australia, even though the-broad-cast signal strength was less than 100 watts. Ttie VLF signal tray-.els great distances because it bounces back and forth between, theearth's surfaceand the lowest layer of the ionosphere, with verylittle of its energy being absorbed at each reflection.,

Another'lgoOd. thing about- VLF 'signals is that tie3e.afe notstrongly affected by irregularities in the ionosphere, which, is.not

t

79

4.

.

VLFHEARD- AT

GREATDISTANCESBUT LOW

kkJFORMATION \RATE

Js.

Page 87: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

80

LORA14C ReCEi,TRANSMI

GROUND WAVEARRIVES BEFORE

'SW ,WAVE,

true in the case of shortwave transmissions. This is so becauS thesize of theirregularities in the ionosphere "mirror" is generallysmall compared,tiltrlength of the VLF radio waves. For 'exam-1ple, at 20 kHz t ftequency wavelength is 15 kijpmeters.The effect is somewhat the same as the unper-Curbed motion of alarge ocean liner through slightly choppy seas.

But VLF also has serious limitations. One of the big problemsis that VLF signals eallot carry4, very much information becahisethe signal"frequency s low. pe cahnot,:for example, broadc ta 100 kHz tone over a broadA.st signal operating at 20 kHz. Itwould. be like trying to get ruail delivery ten times .a day when themailman comes only once *a. day. More practically, it means thattime information must/ be broadcast at a xery slow...rat nyschemes involving, audio freqUenties; such as yoice sr : #nt';:

46f the time, are not practical.We mentioned that VLF signals are nit parti*s:rj aff

by iryegularifies. in the ionosphere,so: thevpath- delay relativestable-, Another important fact is tlta,t the ionospheric refleadiheight is about the same from one day to the next at the ame timerOf day. Unfortunately, though, calculating the path dela at VLFis a complicated and tedious procedure. '

isOne last curious thing about VLF, s that the receiver is betteroff if he listens to signals from a distantStation:than from nearbystatiOn* The, rea.son is9hat near the station he gets two signalsone that is reflected from theOnosphere (sky watie) and anotherthat is propagated' along the grolmd. And what he receives is thesum of these two.signals. This sum flaries hi a complicated way asa function of time and distance rrom the transmitter. So thelistener wants to be so far from the transmitter that for all prac-tical purposes the ground wave has died out, ,and,he doesn't haveto deal with this complicated interference pattern: ti

Low Frequencies (LF)-30 - 300 klizIn many respects LE ,signals `have" properties similar to VLF.

Of 'course, thefact that the carrier ;freqiien,cies are higher meansthat the infornttiOnca:rryin'era.t4 of the sigh is! potentiallyhigher also .

These higher' carrier,,frequencies' have-allowed the develop-, ment of an interesting trick' to improve the path stability of sig-

nils. The scheme was developed for the roran-,C navigation systein(See pages.4,61-163) at 100 'kHz, which is also used extensively toobtain time information. The trick to 'send a' ulsed signal insteadofIka continuous. signal. A. particular burst of signal will reach theobseHer dry tiro different paths. He WM first see the ground wavesignal that travelS along the surface of the earth. And.01ttle later!'. ,2he4will see the same burst Of signal' arriving Via; reflection' Ittom'the ionosphere. .

,'At-,100 kHZ, the..grduna. wave arr..res aboul.,*ahead of the ionospheric wave, and thi.s. is usually.

.measure' the ground' wave, unconta by th4i. s.

it

. .

,i)

Page 88: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

ground wave is quite stable in path delay, and the path-delay pre-diction igconsidelably less,complicated than when one is workingwith the sky wave. v

Beyond about 1000 kilometers, howe'Ver, the ground wavebe me,s so weak that the sky wave predominates; and at that

we are pretty much, back to the kind of problems we hadLF signals.

.

Medium Frequencies (MF)-300 kHz -3 MHz... ,We are' 111bIt familiar with the medium-frequency band

because it contains the 'AM broadcast stations of .this country.During the day the ionospheric or sky wave is'heavily absorbed, asit is not (reflected back to earth; so for the most part, during thedaytime we receive only the ground wave. At,night, however, thereis no appreciable absorption of the signal; and these signals can beheard attrreat distances._

Vine of the standard tinie and frequency signals is at 2.5 MHz.During the daytime, when the ground wave is available, the Japa-nese reportAbtaining 0-microsecond 'timing accuracy. At night,when one iNffeceiving the sky wave, a few milliseconds isabout thelimit. It is fair td' say; however, that this band has not received agreat deal of attention for time dioseAfination, and /there may. befuture promise here.: .. I.. .

4vHi1.ghsFrequencies (HF)-3.9=->

- 30 MHz-r

'The HFband is the ime we usually think of 'when we speak Of,:the shortwave band. SignalS in -this region are generalbr.not heav:ily absorbed in reflectionilom the ionosphere. Absorption becomeseven less severe as we moy"e toward the upper end of this band. "'Thus the signal may be heacd ati great distances from..a tranSmit-

. ter;d buil it. may arrive after many reflections, sd accurate delay pre-diction is difficult. a ..,

Another difficulty is that in contrast to VLF` waves, HF waViti,lengths can be of thelsame order, or smaller, than irregularities in

lthe ionosphere. And 'since these.changing their shape and moving around the signal strength at aparticular point will fade in and out in amplitude. -Because of, thefading and tlr-ie----cvzntinuous., change in path delay; accuracy intiming is.again restricteJ to about 1 millisecond, unlets one is near

. enough to the transmitter to receivethe ground wave. .

Most of _the wqrld's well-known standard time and frequencybroadcasts are in this .band.

f .Very,.High Frequencies (VHF) -30 - 390.

From a-propagation point of ).:i w, one -of the mOstimpottantthings that happen in the VHF ba is, that the signals are oftennot reflected back to the surface 'the. eartt,. bid penetratethrough: the ionosphere 'and propagate tq outer space. This meansthat We cah receive -only tliCise, stations'that are in line. of sight,and explains why we .do'notnormally receive distant TV stationS,TV :signals being in this band. It also means,that Many different,

( .-

81

RECEIVR

PP/ HOPS MAKESLAY DIFFICULT TOEDICT. SIGNAL FADES.

0d

1-11614

4i4GROUND WAVE

r.incrv1

LIMITED .TO.LibileiFHAS 14161-1-4CORACY.

CAN SEND SH-AlliP Pt.1125E1;etk-

Page 89: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

signals can be put on the same channel, and there is little chanceof -nterference as long as the stations are separatei by 300 kilo-m rs or more.

rpm a timing point of view, however, this is bad; for if wewant to provide worldwideor even fairly broadcoyerage, manyStations are required, and they must all be synchronized. 04 theother hand, there are advantages to having no ionospheric signalsbecause this means that we can receive 'a signal uncontaminated bysky wave. We can also expect that once we know the delay for aparticular path, it will remain relatively stable from day to nay.

A third advantage is that because carrier frequencies are ,so-high, we can send very sharp rise-time .pulses, and thus can meas-ure the arrival `time of .the. signals very precisely. BecauSe of thesharp rise time;of signals and the path stability; timing accuraciesin this region a4e very good. Microsecond timing is relatively, easy;and if some care is taken, even 0.1 microsecond can be achieved.

At thetime of this writing the master clock at NBS in Bail-der, Colorado, is used as a reference^ clock for the standard timeand frequency broadcasts from WWV near Fort Collins, some 80kiloineters away, A TV signal is used to maintain the link betweenBoulder and Fort Collins with-an accuracy of a small fraction'of amicrosecond. Ihe-system is explained more fully attthe end of thenext ,chapter. '

Frequencies Above 300 MHzThe main characteristic of these frequencies is that like VHF

frequencies the signals, penetrate into outer space, so systenis are"limited to line -of- sight. There may be problems caused by smallirregularities hi, the pathor "diffraction effects," 'as' they arecommonly. calledsimilar to such effects at optical. whVelengths.Nevertheless: if a straight shot to the transmitter 'is available, wecan expect good results. `41.

Above 1000 MHz weather may product prgblerns; this is espe-,cially significant in broadepstind tinge from a satellite, 'where we

wish to minimize both ionospheric andlower atmosphere effects.

. 4

0D,1 I

104

i-Ne

W1. 4

ul

vv

0ri

-40Z

vi

10'°1 * I I I

1018 161°

Page 90: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

t.

NOISE ADDITIVE AND MULTIPLICATIVE_

- We have been discussing different effects that we shouldexpect in the various frequency bands. We should differentiateexplicitly here between two types of 'effects on the signals., Theyare called "additive noise" and "multiplicative noise." "Noise" isthe general term uSe'd to_describe any kind of interference thatmingles with or, distorts the signal transmitted and so contami:nates it.

Additive noise is practically self,.Sekplanatory. It refers tonoise alited to the signal that re ute(eits usefulness. For example,if we were listening to a time signal that w s perturbed by radionoise caused 17 lightning or 'automobile igni on noise, we wouldhave an additive noise probtem. ;

Multiplicative .1-wiseis noise in the sense that something happens to the `signal to distort' it. A simple illustration is the distor-.tion of one's image, by ,a mirror in a fun house: None of the lightor signal is /ost----it is just rearranged so that the ofiginal image isdistbrted, The same thing,.\.can happen to a signal as .it is reflectedby the ionosphere. What was transmitted as a nice,' clean pulsemay, by the time it reaches the user, be smeared' out or distortedin some way. The amount of energy in the pulse iS-the same as ifit had arrived cleanly, buthas been rearranged.

- yr

ow can we overcome noise? With additive noise, the mostobvious thing to do is to increase the transmitter power'so that thereceived- signal -to- noise ratio is improved1 4nOtyer way is tf divide

aVailable energy and transmit it on'stveriftdifferent frequen-'cies at once. It maybe that .tne Of these frotitiencies is extremelyfree from additive noise. Anotiter possibility--7-quite oftenused--i%to "average" the signal.We can take, a number of observations,avera e them, and imAiwye our result, :This works -"because theinfo Ration on-the signal's is.nearlytthe /me all the time, .so the.suir al keeps, building ; but the noise is, in general, differen

gm one instant tp.fthe net efolie i tends to cancel 'itselfWith md3iulic,9,Tivd-no'se . : elp to increase thelrafis,,

Anittr,power. To return, Oar pre'vtou§ illuSfration, themagetrofxr,a furfrhouse mivor will be jut4 as -diStorad whether the

NOISE FROMLIGHTNP1/416

RECtivER

ADDITIVE NOISE

/.

MULTIPLICATIVE I\105E

Page 91: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4i

f

STANDARD TIMEBROADCASTS

RA1 10" WAVtOATIONSIGNALS

TV SIGNAL

viewer is standing in bright lightor in dim light. Most of the. strategies for overpoming multiplicative noise come `under the gen-eral heading of diversity--speCi ly space diversity, frequency .

diVersity, and time diversity.

Space diversity means that we measurethe incoming signal at several differentlocations, but not just any location. Thelocations must be far enough apart so'that we are not seeing the same distortion;,what we are attempting to do is to look forelements in the, signal that are commonto all signals. In other words; if we look atthe fun-house mirror, from several different ,

locations, it is the distortidn t at anges,not bur body. And maybe by lookin t the,mirror from several ,different locations ecan get the distortions to cancel out,leavin9 the true image.

.0 Frequency diversity means 'simply that wesend the same information on several dif-erent frequencies, again hoping that the >

signal distortion on the different frequen-cies will be sufficiently different so that wecan cancel them out and obtain the truesignal image.Tinie diversiity Means that we .send thesame message at- different limas, hopingthat the distortion mechanism will havechanged sufficiently between' transmis-sionsfor us to reconstruct the >originalsignal.-

i THREE KINDS OF TIME SIGNALS

There are basically three different kinds of signals that we .can use to get time information. The most obvious is, of course, asignal that was constructed for this very purpose, such as a broad-cast from the National B eau*Of Standards ('l'il3S) shortwave sta-tion WWV, or perhaps t e time announcement on the telephony.The obvious utility of th. method is that the information comes tous., in a relatively st4i htforward way, and we have to do verylittle processing.

A second way is to listen to some signal that has time infor--mation buried in it. A good example is the Loran-C navigationsystem. In this syltem. the pulses, emitted for navigation arerelated in a very pmeise way to atomic cfacks that are all cootdi-nated, throughout the system. Although we may not get a pulseexactly-on the second, minute, or hour, the emission times of these ,signals are related precisely to the second, minute, and hour. So -64use LorAn-C. for, timetinformatioti we mut, of _course, make a'Aeasureiwit of the.arrival time of a Nate or pulses with respect,tECouiltowla track,( Ana" we must also have information that tells us -

Page 92: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

how the. pulseg a,re ,related to the 'controlling chick. This informa-- tion is, In fact,, ,available ahout LoranC from the United States

Naval Obseryatou (1.1SNO).,. . .

,-1,-Finally, we can use a radio signal-for synchronization withorft

\' any specific effort by those operating, the tainsmitter to providesuch informationor Seven knowing that it It being so' used. The

. process is called the "transfer standard" technique; and it is used,for example, to keep the radio emissions from the standard time-

. and-frequencY shortwave radio stations Ot Fort Collins, Colorado,referenced back to the atomic -clock system' and National Fre -.quency Standard at the National Bureau of Standards Laborato-

,rieS 80.kilometers away, in Boulder. , '. :-. Let's see. how the method Nyorks. ATV .signal consists of antimbe,i; Of short signals in quick succession;,With each short signalresponsible for one line of the picture on the TV screen.,Each'suchsignal is about 63 microseconds long, and each is preeded by apulse that, in effect, tells the TV set to get ready. for the next lineof information. Let's suppose now that we recorded the ,' arrival

".. time of one of these get -ready pulses "synchronizAtion pulses,"as they are calledwith respect to our 'Clock in Boulder; Let's sup-pose that someone at the station in Fort Collins also monitors the'arrival time of this -same pulse with respJa to the clock at FortCollins. .

The TV stations in this area are neai-Denver,- which is closerto BOulder than to Fort Collins. So we will see a particular "syncpulse" in Boulder before it is seenlin Fort Collins, because of theextra distance it must travel to,reach Fort Collins. If we assumethat we, have measured or calculated this extra path delay, we see-that,we' are in a p sition now to check the clocks. in Boulder andFort Collins against eac her.

, .....It could work like this : man who made the measUreinentin .Boulder could call his fellow measurer in Fort Collins, and theycould compare readings. If the two 4-soks,are synchronized, thenthe Boulder tithe-of-arrival measurement subtracted from the FortCollins; time-of-arrival measurement should equal the extra path

:;1;:: delay between Boulder and Foft Collins If the measurement, is;either greater or smaller, then the two cloc are out of synchroni.

otion, and by a known amount that can be fo nd simply by sub-1,121,

trallit the known path delay from themeasured difference.We have seen that any kind of radio signal with some identifi-.

able featui;e that .is visible at two or more places can be Used inthis' way to 'synchronize clocks. As we've mentionedthough, a TVsignal provid s a remarkably sharp, clear 'Signal, .free from prob-lenis inhere in any--system that bounces signals off the unpredict-able ionosphere. But of course its coverage/is limited to:a radius ofabout 200 Miles froth- the TV station. 't .

. Finding Out what time it is can he very- simple, or veryP,deperiding on it here ong,,is when.: he needs to knOw the,time, and how accurate a time helieeds 'know. , '' ; ; '.,.

,. 4...

ae .

..

ANY-TV POINTPULSE

POINT p

PULSE AND LATER -ARRIVES HERE ATHERE AT

TIME

FROM 13,4y101.*,-MEASUREMp141%OPERATORS AT AND B KNOWTHAT IT TAKES :'SIGNAL. FOUR

MICROSECONDS' AVEL FROMPOINT A TO POINT B. CK

THE,SYNCHRONIZATION OF THEIR

CLOCKS, EACH PECORIDS THEARRIyAL TIME OF THE SAMEPULSE AS IT ARRIVES FIRST AT

CLOCK A AND THEN AT,CLOCK B.

IF THE CLOCKS ARE 59NoiRONIZED

THEIR TWO ARRn/AL TIME READINGS

WILL DIFFER BY 4 MICROSECONDS.IF NOT, THEY CAN USE THEDISCREPANCY TO DETERMINE THEAMOUNT OF SYNCHRONIZATIONERROR BETWEEN THE TWO cLocKS

Page 93: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

T.

,

4

..d%*7.+**4.-

0

Page 94: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

88/IV

THE USES OF TIME10. Standard Time

Standard Time Zones and Daylight-Sqving. Time . 89Time as a Standard 94Is a .Secon,p1 Really a Second?, 95Who Careabout the Time? a 96

11. Time, the Great Organizer 99

'89

Electifle Power 99Modern Communication Systems 102Transportation 104

Navigation by Radio Beacons . 104NaVigation by Sate Hitt 105

Some Common and Some Far-out Usesof Time and Frequency Teghnology 106

ay

f,

I

Page 95: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

ito

Chapter2 3 4 5 6 7°

10 11 12 13, 1415 i 17 : 19.20 2122 23 24 25 !.6 27 2829.3.0. 31

1/4

'Our disoussiOns of time haie."ghown t t "the time" whensomething harrperied oi= the "lerigth" of time t lasted depends onthe scale used for measurement. "Sun jime" his. different from2"startime," and both differ from..."atomi time." Suri time'at loCation is inevitably different froin sun time only a few kilometei.sor.everi a few miterseast or west. 1 .

A factory whistle blown. at -7:00 in the. morning, noon, 1:00and 4:00 P.M.*" tell workerS when to start a,rid stop their-daSr'sactivities-.servedMany a community as its time standard fo'r manyyears. It didn't matter that Vie time " .wad different in each com-munity. But in. today's complex society; with is national and inter-national networks Of) travel and communications ,systems, it'sobvious. that some sort. of, universal stazz,dard.-jst essential.- TheestabliSlimen1 of Sta?icliirct Time As much more recentfthan manypersons realize.

. STAND Rai. TI ZONES AND DAYLIGHT-SAVING TIMEIn th ter-part of the 19th .century a traveler sta%ding-ip a

busy railroads io could set his pocket watch to any one- of anumber of -clocks on the station wall; each cloc"railroad tithe" :for its.14n partiCUlar line. In so thereWere.literallT dozens of different "bfficiar trines-7-ri y orie :for

ki each r jor .city -any d-o cre§s-country railroad triP the `travel rwould have toci change 'tell 20 tinies.'or.so to'stay in step- th,She "railroad tithe' It .Lw s the railroad's' arid theit, pressing eedfor accurate, Uniferrii 'time; more than anything else, that le

.the establishment of time zones and standard tithe.

STANDARD TIME

89

Page 96: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

-3

t 1

T.": "

. tn. itaPe, .'' tip I I ea eas. OF ....

PACI4 c , " , iL1-T A N g toi NDA .. .. -4

iMilliiii." \ 4110nag

Is

. TINECENTRAL' STANDARD TIME.,

1

if

ATLANTICSTANDARD

TIME(Includes'

Puerto Ricoand-the 4.

Virgin Is ends)

The United States mid itSiossiiMong are bylaw, divided into eight lime zones. The limits ofeach.time zone am defined by the Secretes* of.Tiansportatfon In Part 71; Title 49 of the Codeof Flderal Regulit'oes (July 197J1:-The stied-and time within each zone is -based on the solar,time al the meridian:that passes approximatelyithrough the center of that zone:

' ". Stamrd;rd.'; Longitude of Exaiple.ol-

.AEapsantetnic 001: 7:00P.M. ;

Pacific 1201. 3:00'P.M.Mountain , 10511. i 400 P,M.

i Time tOrstlasigin

Central 901. , I .' 5:00751, DEO PA::

JIP 2:00 P.M;.Ataskkgawaii 1:00P.M.

. Bain( , 1651. 12:0Q Noon 7

_Daring the period commencing at 2 a.m. on thelast Sunday iniApril of each yegr and ending at

a.m.ow the last Sunday in Outobin, Pm-standardtime of each zone

in those stales Alch hpykby liw ekempted peen ,sel ves -from the &seven ahltza 'advanced, lim L.. -1Slates that have exmOted theresetvei gre shown-.

Page 97: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

91

Ote of the eiirly, advocates of %uniform time was a Connecticutschool teacher, Charles Ferdinand Dowd. Dowd deat,ured railroadofficialsand anyone else who would listenon need for astandardized time system. Since the continental United Statescovers approximately 60 degrees of longitude, DoWd proposed thatthe nation be divided into four zones, each 15, degrees wide--whichis the distance the, sun travels in one hour. ith the prodding ofDowd and otheit, the railroads adopted in 883 a plan that pro-vided for five time zonesfour in the U ited States and a' fifthcovering the easternmost provinces of Carrada.

The plan was placed in operation on November 18, 1883.There was a great deal of criticism. Some newspapers attacked theplan on the grounds that the railroads were "taking over" the jobof the sun," and. said that, in fact, the whole wor4 would be "atthe !mercy of railroad time." Farmed and others -predicted allsorts f dire results=from the production of less milk'and fewereggs to drastic changes in the climate and weatherif "natilral"time was 'interfered with. Local governments resented having theirown time taken over by some outside authority. And so the idea ofa standard time and time zones did not gain popularity rapidly.

I KNOW IT'S ONLYS O'CLOCK

0 0

NOWAY!

But toward the end of the second decade of the 20th eenturythe United States was deeply involved in a World War. On March19, 1918, the United States Congress passed the Standard TimeAct, which authorized the, Interstate Commerce Commission toestablish standard time zones within the United States; and at thesame.tigne the Acicestablished "daylight-saving time," to save fueland to promote-4Ai economies in a country at war.

The Unitecr$tates, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, is dividedinto folir tinges zones; the boundary Wetween zones zigzags backand foah in a generally north-south direction. Today, for the mostpart, the time-zone system, is accepted with little thought, althoughsome people near the boundaries still ,complain and even gainboundary changes so ,that their cities and towns are not "unnatu-rally" separated from neighboring gbographical regions wherethey trade or do business.

Page 98: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

105

120

135

150"

115

1110

.155

'15

065

120

1011

75I

3

N

EU

RO

PE

AS

IA

LAN

LAN

TIC

r OC

EA

N

NA

C--

1, E

-1+

1+

3+

5

Nim

ilm

mi

mop

3015

O.

15.

3045

75

Eve

n nu

mbe

red

zone

Odd

num

bere

d zo

neH

alf h

our

zo

9

irror

Cou

ntrie

s an

d ar

eas

whi

ch h

ave

not a

dopt

edzo

ne s

yste

m, o

r w

here

tim

e 'd

iffer

s ot

her

than

half

hour

from

nei

ghbo

ring.

zone

s.

SO

.

SO

'

20'

20'

40.-

50'

s

Page 99: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

'7 .`'':' The idea tif`<`daylight-saving time" has roused the einotioni. of \N.both suppbrteks and criticsnotably fzrmers; persons responsible

illor transportation and radio and televNon schedules, and fiersonsin the evening entertainment businessand continues, to do so. Rulesgoverning daylight-saving time have undergone 'aohsiderable Modi-fication in recent years. Because of confusion caused by the factthat some, cities or states chose to shift to daylight-saying time insummer and others ditl notwith even the dates kir :.the ' shiftsvarying from one place to anotherCongress ruled in the 'UniformTime Act of 1,966 that the entire nation should use daylightlsavingtime from 2:00 A.M. on the last Sunday in APril until 2:00 A,M.'

.r oir-the last Sunday in October. (Actually "daylight-saving time"does not exist: there is only "standard time" which is advanCedone hour in the summer. months. "Daylight-saving time"! :has nolegal definition, only a popular understanding) Any state that didnot wanyto conform could, by legislative action, stay o.ki standardtime. Hawaii dLid so in 1967, Arizona in 1968(though/Indian res-ervations in Arizonawhich 'are ,under Federal jurisdictibnusedaylight-saving time) and Indiaha in 1971. Ina 1972 amendmentto the Uniform Time Acts those statesplig. iby: time zones may .

choose to keep standard time in one p rt of the state and day-light-saving time in the other, Indiana has taken advantage of thisamendment so that only the -western part of the state; observesdaylight=saving time. ch

,,,

When fuel and energy shortages becarrfe acute: in 1974, -it wassugges K* a shift to daylight-saving time' throughout- thenation Ye ye4r aroundVould help to conserve t ese resources. Butwhen children in,some northern areas had to s rt to schools in the

. dark in winter months, and the energy savings 'during thesemonths proved to be insignificant,. year-arbwid daylight-savingtime was abandoned,,and the shifts were returned, to the datesoriginally stated by the 1966 Uniform Time Act. In the long runthe important thing is that the changes be uniform and thattheyapply throughout the nation, as nearly as possible. ..

The whole world ii divided into 24 standard time n , eachapproximately 15 degrees wide in longitude. The ze o zone is cen-tered on Na line. running-north and south through reenwich, Eng-

1-land. The zones to the east of Greenwich have time later than '

Greenwich time, -and the zones to the west have earlier timesone...hour differenCefor each zone.

___

With this sytem 'it is possible for a traveler to gain or lose aday when he crosses the International Date Line, which runs north

. and south through the middle of the Pacific Ocean, 180° aroundthe worl&friSm Greenwich. A traveler crossing the line from eastto west automatically advances a day, whereas one traveling in theopposite direction-Ines" a day.

Both daylight-saving time and the date line' have caused ,agreat deal of consternation. Bankers worry abqut lost interest, andlaw' suits have beer} argued and settled ---t ften to no one's satisfac-tiononi the basis of whether a lapsed insurance policy covered sub-

...,

O

93

Page 100: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

94

I

TIME INTERVALLOCAL

SYNCHRONIZATIONREGIONAL

DATE UNIVERSAL

stantial loss by fire, since the policy w issued on standard timeAnd the fire in question, had it occurre during a period of stand-ard instead of daylightsaving time, ould have been within thetime still covered by the policy. The birth or deth date affected byan indivigtial's crossing the date line can have i portant 'bearing onanything from the child's qualifying for age requirements to/enterkindergarten to the death benefits to which the family of thedeceased are entitled. The Subject continues- to be a lively issue, andprobably, will remain so.

..TIME AS A STANDARD

The disarray in railrdad travel caused lack of ,a stand-ard time system in the late century illustrated one of the prki-miry:" benefits of standardizationstandards promote bettero.understanding and commtknication. If we agree on a particularstandard of time or mass, then we all know what a "minute",,or a"kilogram" means.

In working with'time and frequency, we have Standardizationat various levels. With the development of better clocks, peoplebegan to see the need for defining more carefully the basic units oftimesince the, minutes or seconds yielded by one clock weremeasurably different from .yliose yielded by another. As early ast1820, the French defined th4 sedond as "1/86,400 of the meal solarday," establishing a standard time interval. even though townclocks ticking at the same rate would show different local timethat is-,'a different date for eaclitown.

In our first chapter we discussed briefly the concepts of timeinterval, synchronization, and date. In a sense these three conceptsrepresent different levels of \standardization. Time interval has akind of "local" flavor. When o e is boiling a three-minute egg, thetime in Tokyo i of little cone n to him. What he needs to know ishow-long three inutes is at%hi location.'

.r'.

dARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO C PYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS.

Synchronization has somewhi,t more cosmopolitan flavor.Typically, if we are interested in synchronization we care only that

Page 101: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

17-

.

'.particular events start or stop. at the same time; or that they stayin"gfep. For _example, if people on a bus tour are told to meet/at

,'the bus. Z:00 P.M., they need only Synchronize their watcheswith the lkis driver's watch, to avoid missing the bus. It is of littleconsequencewhethethe bus driver's watch is "correct" or not.

The concept o(date has the-most nearly utiverSal flavor., Xisdetermined' accordinD,. to well-defined rules discussed on page 67,and it cannot be arbitrarily altered by ieoPle on bus tours; they do

__it only at their own peril, for tl y may well be late for dinner.There has been a trend in ecent years to develop standards in

such a. way that, if certain procedures are followed, the basic unitscan ,,be determined. For example,, the definition of the' second,today;. is based upon counting a precise number of oscillations ofthe cesium atom,. as we dis ussed on page 66. This means thatanybody who has the means and materials neclissary, and who isclever enough to build a device' to count vibrations of the cesiumatoms, can determine the second. He doesn't have to travel to Paris.Similarly, the unit of length is defined by a certain wave length oflight emitted by the krypton atom.

Concepts such as date, on the other handbuilt from thebasic unitshave arOarbitrary starting pointsuch as the birth ofChrist--which cannot be determined by any physical device.

IS A SECOND REALLY A .SECOND? /In our development of the history of timekeeping, we saw that

the spinning earth ,makes a very good timepiece; even today,except for the most precise needs, it is more than adequate. Never-thelejs, with the development. of atomic clocks we have turnedaway from the earth definition of the second to the atomic defini-tion. But how do we know that the atomic second is uniform ?4-

One thing we might do to find out is to build several atomicclocks, and check to see if the s ,pconds they generate "side by side"are of equal length. If they are, then we will be pretty certain thatwe can build clocks, that prodUce uniform intervals of time at the"same" time,

But then how can we be certain that the atomic second itselfisn't getting longer 'or shorter with tifne?' Actually there is no wayto tell, if we ire imply complaring one atomic clock with another.We must compare the atomic second with some other kind ofsecond. But then measure 'a difference, which second ischanging rength' and, which one.is not? There would seem to be noway out of this maze. We must take another approach.

95

Page 102: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

90

I

Instet\d of trying to prove that a particular kind of clock pro-duces uliform 'time, ,the best we can do is agree to take somedevicebe it the spinning earth, a pendulum, or an atomic clockand simply say that the output of that device helps -us definetime. In this sense we see that time is really the result of some setof operations that we agree to perform in the same. way. This setof operations produces the standard of ti*ie; other sets of opera-Ztions will produce different timescales:"

But, one may ask, what if our tim(standard really does speedup at certain times and slow down at' others? Tile-answer is that itreally doesn't make any difference, because all - clocks built 'on thesame set of operations will speed up and slow down together, so"we will all meet for lunch at the 'same time"it's a matter ofdefinition.

WHO CARES ABOUT THE TIME?

I\ Every day hundreds 'of thousands of people drop nickels,dimes,'-n-rid quarters into parking meters, coin-operated Washers;dryers'.and dry-cleaning machines, and "fun" machines that givetheir children a ride in a miniature airplane or on a mechanical'horse. Housewives trust their cakes and roasts, their clothing andtheir fine china to timers on ovens, laundry equipment, and dish-washers. Businesses pay thousands of dollars for the use of a com-puter's time or for minutessometimes fractions of minutes of acommunication system's time. We all pay telephone bills based onthe number of minutes and parts of minutes we spend talking toAunt. Martha halfway across the nation.

The pumps at the gas station and the scales at the superrnar-ket bear a seal that certifies recent inspection by a standardsauthority, and assurance that the 'device is within the accuracyrequirements set by law. But who cares about the devices thatmeasure time? What's to prevent a company from manufacturingequipment that runs f9r 9 minutes and 10 seconds, for instance,'instead of the 10 minutes stated on a labels Age there any regula-tions s? .

Page 103: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Yes indeed. In the Udited, 'States, the National Bureau ofStandards (NBS) has the responsibility for developing and operateing standard of time interval (frequency). It is also given theresponsibility of providing the "means and methods for makingmeasurenients consistent with those standards." As a consequenceof these airedtiyes, the NBS maintains, develops, and operates aprimary frequency standard based on the cesium -atom. It alsobroadcasts standard fr iuencies based on this priMary standard.(See, page 73.)

'The state and To al offices of weights and Measures deal withmatters of time interval and date, generally by reference toan NBS hp.ndbook that \deals with such devices as parking meters,parking garage clocks, \ "time in-time out" clocks, and similartiming devices. The greatest accuracies involved in these devicesare about ± 2 minutes on the date, and about 0,1 percent on timeinterval. Typically the penalty for violating this code is a fine,' ajail sentence, or both, for the first offense.

State standard laboratories seek help from NBS for suchduties as calibrating radar :'speed guns" used by traffic officers andother devices requiring precise timing. In addition to NBS, thereare more than 250 commercial, governmental, and educational/institutions in the United States that maintain standards laborato-ries ; some 65 percent of these do' frequency and/or time calibra-tions. So the facilities for monitoring the timing devices that affectthe lives og all of us are readily available throughout the land.

\ In the United States, the United States Naval Obserytttory(USNO) collects astronomical data essential for safe navigation at.sea, in the air, and in space: The USNO maintains. an atomic timescale based on a large number of commercial cesium -beam, fre-quency standards. And like NBS, it disseminates its standard, ortime scale, by providing time information to several U.S., Navybroadcast stations. The Department of Difenie (DOD): has given-the USNO the responsibility of tending to the time and frequencyneeds of the DOD. As a practical matter, however, both the USNO'and NBS have a long history of working cooperatively twether tomeet the need?of a myriad of users.

The responsibility for enforcing the daylight-saving. timechangesrand keeping track of the standard time zones in this coun-try is held by the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT). And

c, yet anahel organizationthe Federal Communications commis-sion (FCC)is involved in time and frequencimontrol through itsregulation of radio and television broadcasts.. Its Code of FederalRegulationsRadio Broacic2,et Services describes the frequency,allocations and the frequerfy tolerances to which variou,s .broad-:casters must conform,: These include AM stations, commercial andnon-commercial FM stations, TV stations,,, and international brogd-cast's. The NBS broadcast stations are references which the broad-

/ caster may use to maintain assigned frequency, but the Iteis theenforcing agency.

,r

97

Page 104: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

98

I.

A

/ 'The development, estab ishment, maintenance, and dissemina-

tion of information generate by time and frequency standards areVitally important services 4,1. most off us take for granted andirarely question or thibk about at all; and they require constantmonitoring, testing, Comparisons, and adjustMent. Those responsi-ble for maintaining" these delicate and, sensitive standards are\con- ,stantly.seeking better ways to make them more widely availabl6;atless cost to more users. Each year, the demand for better, morerelialild, and easier-to-use standards grows; and each-year the sci-.entists come up with at least some new concepts and answers totheir problems. $

AT THE .-Y4 ^- Sc21-A9OF M4,01- THE 4.% YA WV*.

CHIME THE A..--YAIAN-uTIMEWILL BE ,EXACTLY.:4AWN

-

o

Page 105: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4

Time so basic a part of our daily lives that we ten g toltakeit for gran nd,olierlook the vital part it plays in industry, srii.entific' research, and many other activities of our present-dayworld, Almost any activity today that requires precision controland organization rests on time ,arrld, frequency technology. Its rolein these activities -is essentially the same as in our own mundane'affairs rovidini a convenient way to bring order and organiza-tion into hatwould otherwise be aChaotic world.,,,`( The erence is mainly one of detree; in our -everydag liveswe rarely ne d time information finer or more accurate than a

minute or tw byt modern electronics systems and mac Ines oftenrequire accura es of one microsecond and better. In this chapterwe shall .see the application of precisA time and frequencytechnology-helps to solve problems of control and distribution inthree key areas of modern industrial society,energy, colinnupica-don, and transi3ortationplussa ,few other usual and'imusual usesof time and frequency information.

ELECTRIC POWER \'

Whether it is generated by nuclear reactors, fossil fuel-burnsing plants, or a hydroelectric system, electric power is delivered inthe United States andiikktida at 60 Hz, and at 50 Hz -in a podpart of the refit of the world. For most of u it is in this aspect of

mostpoWer'that time and frequency plays its oSt familiar role.The kitchen walliclotk is not only powere by electricity, but its"ticking' rate Ai tied to the "line" frequency maintained by the

t_.power company.

,fr 1

4

$ Chapter

r2 3 4 .5 6 7B 9 -10 11 12 .13 1415 16 17 18 19 20121

23 24 25 26 27 2829130 31

TIME,THE GREATORGANIZER

0I

ERGY-

C MMOMICATIOK)

T AN)SPORTATION

Page 106: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

. 100

..c

I

The power companies carefully regulate line frequency, soelectric clocks keep very good time. The motors, that drive tape Indrecord, players operate at rates controlledsby the line frequency, 'sothat listeners hear tha-tXue sound; and electric toothbrushes andshavers, vacuunr-cleaners, refrigerators, washing and dryingmachines operate efficiently.

Nevertheless, there are slight variations in frequency, thatcannot ,belavercOme: l`f the-line load unexpectedly increases in aparticular locationsuch as when many people turn on their -tele-

. vision sets at the same time to see a local news flashpower -gen-Exi-RA LOAD erators in the area Will slow down until input energy to the syStemLOAD REMOVED

is increased or until the load is removed: For example, the line fre-quency may drop to 59.9 Hz, for a time and then return to 60.0 Hzwhen the extra load is removed..

During -the period when the line frequency is low, electric'-Hocks will accumulate a time error that remains even though 60Hz is restored at some later-point. To remqve this time error, it is

- the practice ktf the power. companies to increase line. frequerkcyabove 60 Hz 'until the time error is removedr--ats which time theydrop back to ..10 Hz. Generally-the time error never exceeds twoseconds.; and 'in the United States this error -is .determined withrespect to special time and frequenci broadcasts of the NationalBurea.0 of Standards. (Seepage 74.)

But frequency plays4-4.greater role in electric power systemsthan merely providing a coriveni4ut time base for electric clocks.Frequency is =a basic quantity that can be measured easily at/everypoint of the system, nnd-thus provides a way, to "take the ten\pera--ture" of the system.

We have seen that frequency excursirs are indicative of loadvariations in power consumption. These Variations are used to gen-.erate signals that control the supply of diergy to the .generators,usually in th form of stea,Inor water at hydroelectric plants. Totrovide more reliable service, many power,,companies have-fokredrekional "po a," so that if power aernands in a'Rarticular regionexceed local apability, neighboring co`qipanidS can`fill in with theirexcess capacity:, ,

? ,Frequency plays an important pArt in these' interconnected -

systems from several standpoints. First, all electric power in aconnected region must be at the same l'itequency. If an "idle"

d

gen-erator is started 'up to provide addition power, ie,,,must be run-ning in synchronism with-he rest of the)system before being con-,nected into it if it cs running too slowly, currpnt will flow into itswindinkS frOm the yest of the, system iii an. A empt to bring it upto" and 'if $ is running too fast, excessive' current -will flowout &f its windings An an attempt to slow it down. In either -case,these currents may damage the machine. '

Besides running at fire same electrical frequency the rest ofthe system the new generator must also be in step-, or in phasewith the rest of the system. citherwise, damaging c rents mayagain flow to try to bringt,the machine InVhase. T.

TIME

itC. I

Page 107: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

e can understand, the distinction between phase and fre-quen by considering a column of soldiers marching to a drum-

,. mer's beat. If the-soldiers step in time to the beat, "they will all bewalki g at' the, same' rate; or f requen6; but they will not,be inphitse unless all left feet move 'forward together.Power' companieshave developed devices that' allow them to make Certain. that .a newgenerator is connected, to a system only after it is running withthe correct frequency and.phase.

In power pools, frequency helps to monitor and, control thedistribution and generatickn of -power.;Based on customer demandand the efficiency of various generating ',components in the syetem,members of power pools haVe-icie' veloped complex formulas fodelivering and receiving. eledrig pawer froM one another. Betherea a e; unexpected demands and disruptio in the 'system afallen ne, for example -L-that produce alterati ns of these-scheules. meet scheduled- as well as unschedule demands,` electr

apowe oKatus use -a control systein that i responsive bothelectric energy flow between neighboring members of a pool and tovariations in System frequency: The n'etresu,lt, of this. approach isthat vaffittions in both and scheduled deliveries ofpower are minimized.

_Tim and frequency technology is also a helpful tool for fault-'locationsdch as a power Polg toppled in wind.)The systemworks somevIlhat like the'rialliO navigation systems described laterin this chapter. (pee page. 104.) At tlle3p.oint in the distributionsystem where the fault bcdurs, Surge of electric current will flowthrough the intact lines.and be recorded. at several monitoNngita-tions. comparing the relative, arrival time la particular siege '.

- .A.as recorded by the monitors, operators can thrermine the, location. of t e fault./ eaThe East Coast blackout a fe0 yrs ago, to a ention

the, vital role that coorVation and control-Lor the lack of em,play in the deliVery of reliable electric powe. Today many powerto ',allies are"develing better and more reliable control systems.

the requirements of such better systems "Mrill be to gatherore d tailed information about the syste -.2-information _such asower flow, voltage, frequency, phase, and o forth?which will be

1Jj;14,

Page 108: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

o.

fed into a computor for analysis. Much- of .thi's information willshave to be carefully gathered as a function of Sinte, so' that theevolution of the, power distribution system can be carefully moni-tored. Some ;members of the industry suggest that 'time to '50microseconds. and even better will be required in future controlsystems.

MODERN. POMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

Time goande Ire uency technology 'is, if anything, even moreasic and vital to b ,operation of communication systems than-it

is to the control of elect/11'c power systems.. Time and frequencyinformation used to help keep track of messages apd' to makecertahb at they -reach their intended destination:

4

OF K NoEgli-- MANsWOn!

SAMTI-10.:

fay,: EK IL nliiiillilirirw°oTRACSVEN ? DoRKENT LA/OINT

06-DAVI .

ti 0

_

BtL/OHK)

BBMa. \

One of the most familiarnpplicati ns of frequenck 'for mes-,sage identification is "tuning" our radio or'TV set to a desired sta-tion: What we are really doing is telling the set, to select the cor-rOct frequency for the station we wish to tune in. AWhen we turnfhP dial to channel 5 for example; the TV set in z "tunes" to ,

the frequency that is theisame as channel 5's broadcast frequency.;the set thus selects jUst one specific frequent fro of thosecoming in, displaying it and screening out all others.

Of course, charinel 5 willhave a number of different programsthroughout the day, and we may be interested in watching only theprogram scheduled for 8:00 ApI. We select this program by con-suiting our watch or clOck. Thtis we use. frequency information tohelp us, select the correct charm 11, and time infor tion to help usselect the desired program on the partioular, channel.

This use of time and 'freq ency information is routine,. but. there are other, Islewer kinds of Communication system's that,niakeheavier demands on time and fribency.technology. Let's consider:a communication system which 111--provide-rigtt distinct message-channels. Weimight use these/C. annels to connect eight pairS .of:people eac pair consisting of a person at the "send" end of- thecommunication link and another at the "receive" end. At the send

9

Page 109: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

102

fed into a computor for analysis. 'Much- of this information willih'ave to be carefully gathered as a function of time, so that the -evolution of the, power distribution system can be carefully moni-

'tored. Some ;members of the industry suggest that 'time to '50micrOseconds and even better Will be required in future controlsystems.

MODERN pOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

Time I aid` Ire uency technology is, if anything, even moreasic and vital to b ,operation of communication systems than it

is to the control of electric power systems. Time and frequencyinformation used to help keep track of messages mad' to makecertai hat they each their intended destination:

OFRI KNOIN.ANsWSMIRK

)j

SAMTHO.: ellrDN..--111111111117

A!EK lefki°oTRACSVEN ? DORKENT LA/OWT

DAW..

to

\r \6.One of the most familiahpplicati ns of frequency 'for mes-,sage identification is "tuning" our radio or TV set to a desired sta-tion; What we are really doing is telling the set., to select the cor-rOct frequency for the station we Wish to tune in. AWheil we turnfbP dial to channel 5 for example, the TV set inkpally "tunes" to ,

the frequency that is theisame as channel 5's broadcast frequency.;* the set thus selects jUst one specific frequendrfro9/all of those

coming in, displaying it and screening out all others. .-

Of course, oharinel 5 will-have a number of different programsthroughout the day, and we may be interested in watching only theprogram scheduled for 8:00 ApI. We select this program by con-sulting our watch or clOck. !Mils we use frequency information tohelp us. select the correct charm'', and time infor tion to help usselect the desired program on the partiaular, channel.

This use of time and 'freq ency information is routine, but. there are other, newer kinds of Communication systems that,make

heavier demands on time and fribency technology. Lgt's consider:a communication system which 11-1-provideitht distinct message-channels. Weimight use these annels to connect eight pairS of.People--each pair consisting of a person at the "send" end of thecommunication link and another at the "receive" end. At the send

0

JOH/J:1BB

Page 110: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

end we have a device which scans-each of the eight channels in a: -

round-robin fashion: At any parficulail instant, only, the messagefrom one -channel is leaving thyVCanhinedevice; but during thetime thaVit takes the ,pointer, of 'the scaliner to make one complete

jp, revolution, the output signal will be made Of the parts of eight dif-ferefit messages interleaved together,- The interleaved messages,

travel down, some communication link, such as a telephone line,and are then fed into another scanning device which sorts theinterleaved .messages into their original forms. As the sketchshoWs, the scanning devices at the tWo ends of the communicationlink must be synchronized. If they arie not, the messages leavingthe scanning device on the receive end will he garbled. In somevery high-speed communication systems the scanning devices mustbe synchronized to a few inicroseconds. This kind of communica-tion system where the signals are divided into time slots is called"time division multiplexing."

As another possibility,. 'we could send the eight messagessimultaneously,- but at eight different frequencies. Now we mustknow which frequency to tune to. This kind of .scheme is called"frequency division multiplexing." Many systems combine timeand frequency division multiplexing so that/the senders and usersmust have clocks that synchronize in both time and frequency.

SCANNINGDEVICE

SIOJALOUT

commuklICATItioAl 1.311.1K

2W0 .

riua, 76

STIME DIVISIONMULTIPLEXING

4

f,

SENDER RECEIVER

v--f,f2

f3 f3 11.

fs fsfir 16f, f7fr ft

FREQUENCY DIVISION 'MULTIPLEXING

. Since no clocks are perfect, they will gradually drift awayfrom each other. Sp it will occasionally be necessary to nse thecommunication system itself to make certain that all of the clocksinvolved show the same time.

One of the ways this can be done is for one of the users in thesystem to send a pulse that leaves his location at some particulartimesay 4 :00 P.M. Another user at a different location notes thearrival time of the 4:00 P.M." signal with respect to his clock. Thesignal should arrive at a 'later time, which is exactly equal to thedelay time of the signal. If the listener at the receiving end recordsa signal that is either in advance of or after the correct delay time,he will know that-the sender's clock has drifted ahead of or behindhis own clock, depending upon the arrival time of the signal.

(.`

fp;iffs

is

f7ft

t, tots is is ty Er

EXAMPLE: THIS MESSAGE ISTRAAFSMITTED AT TIME eyAT FREQUENCY fyTIME AND FREQUENCYDIVISION MULTIPLEXING.

103

Page 111: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

104

a

SIGNALS LEAVE ALL 3TRANSMITTERS AT 12 NOONAND ARRIVE SIMULTANEOUSLYSHORTLY PAST NOON AT SHIP

v

By expanding on this scheme all of the clocks in a system canbe readjusted to the same time, or synchronized, simply by use of asynchroniiation. pulse eir so often. How often the readjustmentMust besinade depends upop the quality of the clocks in the system,and also the, rate at which the information is delivered. .In a veryfamiliar examplethe television broadcast that we receive in ourhomesthere are **out 15,000 synchronization pulses everysecond, a few percent of the communication capacity of the, system.We shall discuss this example more fully in Chapter 16.

If we Want to optimize the amount of time that the system isused .to deliver messages, and minimize the amount of time devoted.:simply to the bookkeeping of synchronizing the clocks, then wemust use the very best clocks available. This is one big reason forthe continuing effort to produce better cloks and better ways ofdisseminating their information%

TRANSPORTATION

In the second chapter of this book we discussed the,ipportantpart time plays in navigation by the stars. But time is also animportant ingredient in modern electronic navigation ,systems, in,which the stars have been replaced by radio beacons.

Just as a road map is a practical necessity to a tross:-countryautomobile trip, so airplanes and ships need their "road maps" too.But in the skies and on the oceans there are very few recognizable"sign-posts" to which the traveler can refer. So some artificialsign-post system has to be provided. In the early days of sailingvessels, fog horns, buoys, and other mechanical guides were used.Rotating beacon lights have long been used to guide both air andsea travel at night. But their ranges are comparatively short, par-ticularly in cloudy or foggy weather.

Radio beacons seem to be the answer. Radio waves can bedetected almost at once at long distance, and they are little affectedby inclement weather. The need for long-range, high-accuracyradio navigation systems became critical during World War. ILCelestial navigation and light beacons were virtually useless foraircraft and ships, especially in the North Atlantic during winter-time fog and foul weather. But time and frequency technology,along with radio signals, helped to provide some answers y con-structing reliable artificial sign posts for air, sea, and even landtravelers.

Navigation by Radio Beacons -To understand the operation of modern radio navigation sys=

tems, let's begin by considering a somewhat artificial situation.Let's suppose we are on a ship located at exactly the same distancefrom three different radio stations, all of which are at this momentbroadcasting a noontime signal. Because radio waves do not travelat infinite speed, the captain of our ship will receive the three noonsignals a little past noon, but all at the same time. This simultane-ous arrival of the time `signals tells him that his ship is the samedistance from each of the three radio stations.

4 -

Page 112: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

If the locations of the radio stations are indicated on the captain's nautical map, he can quickly determine his position. If he

, 'were a little closer to onelof the stations than he is to the othertwo, then the close': station's signal would arrive first, and theother two at later times, depending upon his distance from them.By measuring this difference in arrival time, the captain or hisnavigator could translate the information into the ship's position.

There are a- number of navigation systems that work in justthis way. One such system i Loran-C, which broad "Sts signalsat 100 kHz. Another is t ega navigation sy tem, whichbroadcasts at alisout 10 kHz. ting navigation sy tems at dif-ferent radio frequencies pro certain advantages. r example,Loran-C can be used for very precise navigation at di tances outto about 1600 kilometers from the transmitters, wilt/. s Omegasignals can easily cover the whole surface of the earth, but theaccuracy of position determination is reduced.

What has time to dcel'vith these, systems nswer is that itis crucially, important that the radio navi ion stations all havechicks tat show the same time to a very high accuracy. If theydOn't, the broadcast signals will not o' r at exFtly th4 rightinstant, and this will cause the ship's vi ator to think that he isat one position when he is really at nother Radie- waves travelabout 300 meters in one microsecond; so if th navigation, stations'clocks were off by as little as1/10 of 1 ms, the ship's navigator couldmake an error of many kikdreters in plotting the position. of his

There is another way that clocks and radio signals can becombined to indicate distance and position. Let's suppose that thecaptain has on board his ship a clock that ids synchronized with aclock at, his home port. The home-port clock controls a radiootrans-mission of time signals. The ship's captain will not receive thenoon "tick!' at naon because of the finite velocity of theradio signal, as we mentioned earlier. Because the captain has aclock synchronized with the honte-port clock, he can accuratelymeasure the delay of the signal. If this delay is 1/40. ms, then hektiows that he is about 60 kilometers from the home port.

With two- such signals the captain could know that he was atone of two possible points determined by the intersection of twocircles, as shown i the sketch.' Usually he has a coarse esti-mafe,of his position, KO he will know which point of intersection isthe correct one.

, '-

Navigation by Satellite. e

We have described a navigation scheine that requires broad-casting signals from three different earth stations. There is noreason; however, that these stations need be on earth; the broad-casts could emanate from three satellites.

Satellites offer various possibilities for navigation systems. Aninteresting one in actual operation today is the Transit satellite

Ii

'105

CSIGNAL A ARRIVES FIRST.SIGNAL B ARRIVES SEcOND,SIGNAL C ARRIVES LAST.,

(r)SIGNAL .LEAVESSHORE AtTHIS TIMEAND .

I ms

...ARRNESATSHIP 0- 1'ms'

LATER

Page 113: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

196

SIGNAL FREQUENCY 'GOESFROM HIGH TO LOW,ASSATELLITE PASSES OVER

navigation system, in which the navigator can determine his posi-tion by recording a radio signal from just a single satellite as itpasses overhead.

. In a sense, receiving a signal from one satellite as it passes byis like measuring signals from many different satellites strung out

across the sky, Iobking at one at a time. The operation of thesystem depenas upo'n, a physical phenomenon called the "Dopplereffect," which we have discussed in other ,connections in this book.

--W.e are most familiar With this effect, as we have said, when wehear the whistle of a paSsing locomotive.' As the locomotive,'approaches, the tone of the whistle is high in pitch, or is "sharp";then as it passes and moves away, the pitch lowers, or is "flat.",

In a similar way; a radio signal from a passing satelliteappe rs high as the satellite approaches, and then lower as the sat-ellite \isappears over the horizon. A listener standing at some loca-tion of er than ours would observe the same p,henomenon, but thecurve o rise and fall would be -different for him. In - fatt, allobserver standing at different, locations would record slightly dif-ferent cu ves. The' position of the satellite is tiackedvery accu-rately, so hat we could, if time allowed, calculate a catalog ofDoppler sig`ials for every point on earth. The navigator, to find hislocation, wo d record the rising and falling Doppler signal as thesatellite passe Overhead, and then find in the catalog the "Doppler'curve" that m ached hig ownand thus could identify his location.

Of course, 1-,his is not a very practical a roach because of ,theenormous numb \i of calculations that woul be required for theentire earth. In `ractice the user records the Doppler curve as thesatellite pass ove, and the position of the satellite as broadcastby the satell e it if: Generally the user has at least a vaguenotion as to his 161ation. fie feeds his estimate of his position,

\.along with the satel \ te location, into a small computer, which cal-culates the Doppler curve he should be seeing if he is locatedwhere he thinks he is -'

... \ (This calculated curve is compared, by the computer, with the

errecorded curve. 'If th are the same, the user has correctly,\guessed his position. If they are not, the computer makes a new

"educated guess" as to

If

lo'' tit n and repeats the process untilthere is a good fit betwe t alculated and the' recorded curves.This "best fit" curve'is th e curve that yields the best guess asto the user's position.

,,

Scientists in different o' ganizations are Working constantly todevelop simpler, less eZpensi methods for keeping track 'of ships'at sea, planes in the air, an even trucks and buses on the high-ways, thrciugleapplying time a d frequenCy technology. -SOME COMMON AND SOMEQUENCY TECHNOLOGY

R-OUT USES OF TillE AND .FRE-

The makers of thermometer bathroom scales, and tape meas-ures have a fair idea of how ma y people use their product, whothe users are, and what the users do with their measuring devices.

11

Page 114: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

, .t ,

But the suppliers of time and frequency information are 1.4-4,e,_,,,,,_.,.,,,,poet who "shot an arrow into the air." There is no gond Way' of,knowing where the "arrows:' of their radio broadcasts fall, who -... -..,

picks them up, or whether the "finders" number in the thousandsor the tens of thousands. The signal is available everywhere at alltimes, and,remains the same whether ten receivers pick it up orten thousand_And except for inquiries, complaints, and sugges- ,tions for irnprovemeatsmpstly from users already well known tothe broadcasters ose who., go to great effort and expense to.'t .make their time-measuring metersticks available to the public hearfrom only a small percentage of those who pick up theiemwander-ing "arrows,"

They would- like to know, however, so that they. might maketheir product more useful ancj more readily available to morepeople. So occasionally they make special efforts to survey their"public," and invite users to write to them. ,

Several suth invitations from the National Bureau of Stand-ards have brbught many thousands of responses from the usualpower company and communication system users; the scientificWooratories, universities,,and observatories; the aviation and aero-space industries, and manufacturers and 'repairers of radio andtelevision equipment and electronics instruments; the watch andclock manukacturers; the militall). bases. There were ,scores of -responses fro private aircraft and yacht and pleasure-boatowners. Many -ha -radio operators responded, as did a surprisingnumber of persons who 'classified themselves simply as hobb'yistSastronomy or electronics buffs.

Among the specific Uses mentioned by these respondents weresuch things as "moon radar bounce work and satellite tracking,""earth tide measurements," "maintenance of telescope controls Andinstrumentation," "timing digital clocks," "setting time of day onautomatic telephone toll ticketing systems," `..;synchronizing time-code generators,",and "calibrating and synchronizing outdoor time:signals in metropolitan areas."

Data processing and correlation, calibration of secondary theand frequency standards, and seismic exploration- and data trans-mission were all very familiar uses. And as more electronic instru-ments are being developed for use in hospitals and by the medicalprofession, it was not surprising to have a growing number ofuser& list "biomedical eleaOnics," ."instrument time-base calibra-

' tion for medical monitoring and analyzer equipment," and similarspecific Medicarapplieatips. )

Greater use of electronic systems in automobiles has broughtautomobile mechanics into the ranks of time and frequency tech-

.

nology users. And the proliferation of specialized Cameras thattake pictures under water, inside organs of the body, or from athousand 'ikilometers out in spacepictures from microscopic tomacroscopic proportionsas well as sophisticated sound recordingsystems, has greatly increased the need for time and frequencytechnology among photographic and audiovisual equipment

107

L.)

11z

Page 115: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

108

r

"IP

manufacturers 'and repairers: Oceanography is another rapidlydeveloping science that is finding uses for time and frequency tech-nology:

Time informationboth date and time i ter-val-Lis vitallyimportant, of course, to both manufacturers and repairers ofclocks and watches. And with the grq'ing availability and lowerprices of fine atches capable of keepiiig time toga few seconds ina month, my and more jewelers and watch repairmen need timemore precise h they .can get from the elQctric clock driven bythe power company line, A jeweler on the Oast coast reported thathe telephones the NIIS time and frequency information service inColorado daily to check the watches he is adjusting. The sameinformation, of course, is available via shortwave radio from NBSstations WWV and WWVH; but getting the information by tele-phone may be simpler and less time consuming, and the signal-comes throughwith little distortion or noise.,

Some musicians and organ and musical instrument makersand repairmen reported use of the standard 440 Hz. audio tone--the "A" above "middle C" in the musical scaleto check their ownsecondary standards or to tune their instruments:

00 COW

scientists working on thunderstorm and hailstormresearch reported their need for time and frequency information.One specified "coordination of data recordings with time-lapse pho-tographx orclouds." Another explained that he used the informa-tion to.teMim where lightning strikeS a power line.

Other responses came from -qual-tz crystal manufacturers,operators and repairer's of two-way radio iystems,. and designersof coy umer productseverything froin microwave ovens and'home tintertainment systems. to the timers on, ranges, cookers,washed, and other home appliances. Even toy manufacturersstated their needs for precise time and frequencytechnology.

.Then there were a few what might belcaIled less serious usesexcept tolthe users, who seemed to, be dead.serious. An astrolo-ger declared he needed precise time information to render"dependable" charts. Pigeon racers reported using WWV broad-cast as a reference point for . releasing birds at 'widely separated

et:

J

11

Page 116: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

locitions at the same instant. And persons interested in., sports carrallies and ,precise timing of various kinds of races and othersporting eventstated their needs.

Miniaturization and pfinted_fircuits have brought a greatmanly pieces of inexpensive.and useful electronic eqUipment withineasy .reach of the average consumer. Electric gilitars, radio-.ciintrolled garage doo-I'Lclosers, "white sound" generators to shut out'disturbing noises and soothe one to sleepwho knows whatdesigners acrd manufacturers will think of 'next? With thege 9:ndmany bthbr consur4er products has come a growing needeven '-atthe man in the streetfor better time and frequency technology...This need can only continue to expand, and scientists keep blisyworking constantly to meet demands:

7

CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO COPYRIGHT RE ilkICT ONS.

1J3

Page 117: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

}

A NEW 'DIRECTIOK,-,- ,.

Up to this point we have concentrated on how time is measured;- how it is broadcast to almost every point on the --Irface, of the earth, and

how it is used in a modern industrial society. In tk.o remainder of this-book,

we shall turn away from the measurement, distribution, and practical usesof time and dip.into a number of somewhat unrelated subjects in scienceand technology where time plays many different roles. - .,

In the next chapter, "Time and Mathematics," for example, we shaltexplore 17th and 18th Century.developments in mathematics, particularlycalculus, which ,provided a new language, uniquely. qualified, to describethe motions of objects- In concise and powerful ways. Motion, too, isintimately related to time as is indicated by such questions as, what is

)the period of rotation of the earth, or how long does it take an objectto fall a certain distance on the surface`` of the moon? Then there are_always the intriguing and mind-boggling questions concerning the ageand evolUtion of the universe, where the very words, "age" and "evolu-tion," connote time. '

These and other subjects discussed in the last chapters of this bookare developed so asto cast the spotlight on time, but the reader shouldbe awa at there are many other characters' on stage and that timeis not the iy important player. Modern scientific theories are rich Ina variety oncepts and applications, which the reader will quickly.discover if he pursues In any depth the subjects which we have examined

et. .,primarily as they pertain to time (see the suggested reading, page 171).As a final' point, many of these subjects are by no means, closed fo

discussion, but ale on the very boundary of research and controversy.In fact, it would appear that every step ch leads us toward a betterunderstanding of the nature of time als brin s into view new, unchartedterritory.'

Page 118: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

112

V

(3IME, SCIENCE, ANII TECHNOLOGY

12. Time and Mathematics k 113'Taking Apart and Putting Together ''1-114:,::Slicing up the Past s.pd the Future-

-Calculus c-, - 114ConditTrts/441 Rules 114Getting a the Truth withDifferential Calculus 117

Newton's Law of Gravititiori 121

13. Time and Physics 123

14.

Time Is RelativeTime Has DirectionTime Measurement Is LimitedAtomic and Gravitational ClocksThe Struggle to Preserve Symmetry

Tiie and Astronomy 135

asuring the Age of the Universe' 135The Expanding Universe Time;.Equals. Distance 136Big Bang or Steady.State? ,, 136

Stellar Clocks / 137'White Dwarfs 138Neutron Stars ' 138Black HolesTime Comes to a Stop 139

time, Distance, and Radio Stars 140

124126127130'132

15. Clockrork'and FeedbackOpen-Loop SystemsClosed-4,4. Systems

The Response Time

I

143143144

4.

System Magnification or GainRecognizing the SignalFourier's "Tinker Toys"Finding the Signal

Choosing a Control System

16. Time as InformationThree Kinds of Time Information

, RevisitedGeological TimeInterchanging Time and Location .Information

\ Time as Stored Iriformation -The Quality of Frequency and TimeInformation

17. The Future of TimeVsing Time:to :Increase SpaceTime and Frequency InformatiWholesale 4nd Retail

Time' Dissemination .Clocks in the FutureThe-Atom'sInner Metronome

Time Scales of the'FutureThe Question of Labeling-7A Secondis a Second is, a- Second.Time through_tbe AkesWhat IstOime, Really?

A-sidesWhat's Inside the DifferentiatingMachine?The Direction of Time4and TimeSynimetries

144 Particles Faster than Light 166,74

I

145146146e.148150

151

151154

155156

157.1.159

'159

461161

163167

167168168

118

132

°

.P.:-.,

Page 119: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

AV,

O

4

, 6

A

a

Chapter.1 .2 .3 4 46 t8 9, 10 11 13 14

15 16 17 :18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2.4429 30 31

TIMEAND

MATHEMATICS

It is often said that mathematics is the language of science.But it hasn't always been so: Greek scientists and philosopherswere..more interested in qualitative discussions of ultimate causesthan they were in precise quantitative descriptions of events innature. The Greeks wanted to know why the stars seemed to circleendlessly around the earth. Aristotle provided an answertherewas an ."Unmoved Mover." But Galileo was more interested in howlong it took a stone to fall a certain distance than he was in whythe stone fell toward the center of the earth., This change in thethrust of science from the quctlitative why to the qu,a,ntitative howlong or how much pushed the need for precise measurement. Alongwith this shift in emphasis came the development of better instru-

. ments. for measurement and a new mathematical language to,express and interpret the results of these measurementsnamelycalculus.

One of the most important measurements in science is themeasurement of time. Time eaters into any fornuila or equationdealing with objects changing or moving in time. Until the inven-tion of calculus there was no mathematical language expressly tai-lored to the needs of descr. ing -motion aid change.' We shalldescribe in some detail in is chapter how the interaction lietween

ornathematicsespecially carculusand measurement allows us toconstrubt theories which creepN illuminate the fundamental 1 ws onature. As we shall see; time and its measurement is a most,crucialelement in the structure of these theories.

o

113

QUALITYQUAIJTITY

C

Page 120: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

.

TAKING APART AND PUTTING TO. ETHER

Man has 'alWays keen preocCupi d with his..4st and futuye.An tinderltaiiding of the past gives him a feelinrof identity, andknowledge of the futureinsofar as this is pos4iblehelps hiinchart the:most efficient and rewarding course. ,Much human effortis directed toward trying,,to.,.see into the future. Whether it's a for-tune tellerk gazing into a ci-ystlI ball, a pokAterpredicting the 9ut-come of and election, or an economist projectffig the future of'infla-tion or the stock mal-ket, any "expert" on the future hasa ready .

audience.

Science, too, has its own peculiar brand of forecasting. One ofthe underlying assumptions of a science is that the complex can beunderstood in terms of ..a few basic principles, and that the futureunfolds from the past according to strict guidelines laid down bythese principles. One of the tasks of the scientist, therefore, is tostrip his observations down to their, .bare essentialsT-to extract

t the basic principles...and to apply them to understanding the past,the 'present, and the future. The extraction of the principles isusually a "taking apart," or analysis and, the application of theprinciples is a "putting together,", or s nthesis. One-of the scien-tists's most important Jools in, both of these efforts is athenitatics...It helps uncover the 'well- springs of nature, and ha ng exposedthem, helps predict the course of their flow.

SLICING UP THE Pl1ST AND THE FUTURECALCULUS,

As Are know, in nature-everything changes. The stars burn outand our hair grows grey. But as obvious Las this fact is, man hasdifficulty grasping and grappling with change. Change is continu-ous, and there seems to be no way of pinning down a particular"now." 43,

This struggle is clearly reflected in the developihent of mathe-matics. The mathematics, of he Greeks was "stuck" in a world ofconstant shape and length a wyrld of geometry. The' world ofnumbers continued to be fr zen in time until 1666, when Isaac:Newton invented the mathematics of changethe ealeillus. With

Page 121: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

his new tool he yvas able'to extract an "esserttial quality" oftation from Galileo's experimentally discovEred law for the diS-/ tance a rodi falls in a given time.

Newton's tool for sifting gravitation from Galileo's formula istailed differentiation, and differentie.tiod and integratiohj are theinverses of`taeh other in the 'same sense that su M ractioninverse of addition airl division is the inverse of ultipl'DifferentiatiojalloWs us to pick apart -and analyzelnAlcover its instantaneous essence; and integralion allow us telyn- INTEGRATION=thesize theeinstantaneous, revealing the full sweep' of motion; We PUTTING TOGETHERmight say that 'differentiation is seeing the trees and integration is ) -

't

DIFFERENTIATION,/,:fo TAK10.1G APART

seeing the forest.

Conditions arid RulesBefo ;e we get into a more detailed discussion of,ilifferential

and integral calculus, let's back up a bit aria discuss, in generalterms, how the mathematicarphysicist views a prbbl,em. SUppose,for' example, he wants to analyze the motion of billiard balls. First,he recognizes some ol*Ous facts.:

At any particular moment, all of the ballsare moving with Certalif speeds andtirec-tions epariicular points on ttie'table.The balls are constrained to move withinthe cushions that bound the table.The are subject to certain rules thatGovern their motionsuch as, a ball collid-ing with a Cushion at some angle willbounce off at the same angle; or a ballmoving in a particular ,direction will con-tinue in that direction until it 'strikts acushion oranother Than. The latter is aform of o p of Newto,n's laws of motion,and the former can be derived from New-ton's laws of motion.

12:41-/

fa

,10Hle)Rosa

With all of this information, the physicist can -predict themotions of the balls. Mathematicians call the statements that char-

, acterize- the locations and motions of the bang at an instant the

115

,

Page 122: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

4

116 .f

INITSLITiONconditions. And' they 'call the statements that describe the

OF INWARDallowable area:' of mlitionin this erase the plane of the table

BALLSbounded by the cushion on four sidts;th4 bown ry cAditions.Obviously the filture location of the balIs.will he v dependentthe-shape of tlit table. Around table wij1 give a result entirely dif-.fer nt from a re7tangular table.

EiOuNDARY This `dither set of initial co,nditions, boundary conditions, andOF TABLE- rules govern4mg -the lotion, 3zercan predict the, locations, speeds,

and direction df the' balls at any f4ture time. Or we,can work.backfwarfls d termine these quantities 'lit any earlier. time. It'seasier hav a computer?

-liaving s ited that the 'future and past are elated to the`mow" of ti?.e conditions, how do we proceed? Enir example theboundary conditions are simply obtained by inelhuring the table.

. Getting the al Conditions is Somewhat trickier. 'From a 'phiito-,,graph we deter e the locations of the balls at the instant 'thepicture is taken, b we also need to know the Speeds and di ec-tions-of the balls.

1It might occur" to us that if we take two pictures; one -'very.slightly later.than, the othersay one-tenth of a second laterwecan determine all of the initial conditions. From the first, photo-,graph we determine the locations of the 'balls; and froin thesecond, compared with the first, we determine the directions of theballs, as well as'their speeds, ty measuring the change of/positioneach ball makes in.0.1 second. _:-- A\

Ch ges in boundary conditibns and initial conditions will, ofcourse, ter the future course of events; and it is one of the chal-lenges of physics to deduce from a set- of observations which partis due to initial and boundary. conditions, and Which' part is due to

. -the laws governing.the process. .

c Let's apply these ideas now to Galileo's problem. Of he fallingrock. According to legend, Galileo dropped objects from the lean-ing tower cif Pisa and measured their time of fall. Bqt according

CAR0N DELETED FROM THI PAGE DiE TO COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS

cc.

r

Page 123: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

to his own account,, he. measured the time it took for bronze ballsto roll down a smooth plank probably because he had no reliableway to measure the 'relatively short tree it takes a rock tor fall thelength of the tower of Pisa.

In any case,, Wile° ultimately came to the conclusion that a,freb-falling object travelS a 'distance proportional to- the time offall squared, and that the fait time does not depend upon the object'smass: That is, if a rock of any mass falls a certain distance in apiirticulavtime interval, it falls four:times as far in twice that timeinterval. More-precisely, he discovered, that the rock falls a dis-

r'" ,tance "d" in meters .equal to ahout 4.9 times the fall time squared,:.in secpndsor d = 4.9t 2.4 _,f

this 'simple formula'a law of motion, or is it son4combina-.ton of laws, boundary conditions; and initial conditions? Let's. 2 :expiore.this qUestion. t

Getting pt the Trutlz with tOterential Calculus/ The method 'of differential calculus is similar to the scheme, we( developed for determining the locations, speeds, and directions of

the billiard balls.at a.specified time. `Let's look more carefully at theparticular proprem of determining the speed of-a billiard ball.

To get the data Aye needed, we took two pictures of themoving balls, separate by 0.1 second, and we determined thespeed- of a ball by measuring the distance it had oved betweenphotos. Let's suppose that a specific ball moved 1 cen meter (cm).in 0.1 second. We easily see that its sPeedis 14) cm er second.

Suppose, however, that we had taken the Pict res 0.05 secondsA

apart.Then between photos the ball moves half t e distance, or 0.5cm. But of course the speed'is still 10 cm per sec d, since 0.5 cmin 0.05 second is the same as 1.0-cin in 0.01 second.

In diffefential calculus we allow the time be ween photos toget closer and closer to zero. As we have seen, h lying the timebetween photos does not give us a new speed, -beta se the distancemoved by the ball decreases proportionately; so t e ratio of dis-tance to time between photos alwayi equals 10 c aer second. Theessence of differential calculus is to divide one "chunk" 'by an-otherin our example distance Aillited by ti nd allow thetwo chunks to shrink toward zero. This Sounds lik very:mysteriousbusiness, and one r.night think that the end result o uch a processwould be dividing nothing by -nothing. But this is not the case.Instead, we end up with the rate of 'motion-fa particular instantand point.

This process of lettingk,the chunks shrink toward zero, mathe-

maticians call "taking the limit." By taking the fimit.we reach theanswer we are seeking, namely the magnitude of the motion at apoint not contaminated by what happenZt over a distance; eventhough the distance was very small. Integrationig the reverseprocess; we take the, instantaneous motion and convert it hack todistance. '

117.

1cm. IN 0.1 SECONDIS THE' SAME

.0 ,S an IN 0.05 SEC0110

Page 124: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

116 f

IIJI conditions. And' they 'call the statements that describe theIT101.1

OF BILLIARDallowable area' of mlition.-in this erase the plane of the table

BALLSbounded by the cushion on four sidts;th4 batty ry cAditions. -

CATiously the filture location of the balIs.will be v dependent- the`shape of tlit table. Around tahle wij1 give a result entirely dif-

fer nt from a re7tangula table.EiouNDARY ThIjs wHtlwt set of initial conditions boundary conditions, andOF TAUB- rules govern4mg the g;otidn, wee an predict the, locations, speeds,

and direction df the' balls at any Nture time. Or we,can work.backfwarfls d termine these quantities 'lit any earlier. time. It's

sd easier ifwe'hav a computer-Having s ited that the 'future and past are elated to the

U.ow" of the conditions, how do we proceed? our exampleboundary conditions are simply obtained by inelhuring the table.

. Getting the ini 'al Conditions is Somewhat trickier. From a 'phiito-.,graph we deter e the locations of the balls at the instant 'thepicture is taken, b we also need to know the speeds and di ec-tions-of the balls.

_-It might occur- to us that if we take two pictures; one every.

slightly later.than, the othersay one-tenth of a second laterwecan determine all of the initial conditions. From the first, photo-,graph we determine the locations of the 'balls; and froin thesecond, compared with the first, we determine the directions of theballs, as well as'their speeds, 15y measuring the change of/positioneach ball makes in0.1 second.

Ch ges i n boundary conditibns and initial conditions will, ofcourse, Ater the future course of events; and it is one of the chal-lenges of physics to deduce from a set- of observations which partis due to initial and bounlary.conditions, and Which' part is due tothe laws governing.the process.

-c Let's apply these ideas now to Galileo's problem eifhe fallingrock. According to legend, Galileo dropped objects from the lean-ing tower of Pisa and measured their time of fall. Bqt according

CAR0N DELETED FROM THI PAGE DiE TO COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS

cc.

'4

r

Page 125: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

to his own account,, he. measured the titne it took for bronze ballsto roll down a smooth plank probably because he had no reliableway to measure the "relatively short time it takes a rock to fall thelength of the tower of Pisa. 7 °

aIn 'any case,, Galileo ultimately came to the conclusion that a,

freb-falling object travelt a 'distance proportional to- the time offall squared, and that the fait time does .not depend upon the object'smass: That is, if a rock of any mass falls a certain distance in apitrticulavtime interval, it falls four:times as far in twice that timeinterval. More - precisely, he discovered, that the rock falls a dis-,tance "d." in meters -equal to about 4.9 times the fall time squared,:.in secondsor d = 4.9t 2..4

1Is this .simpre'formula a law oof motion, or is it some combina-6.tion2 of laws, boundary conditions-, and initial conditions? Let's .texplore ithis qUestion. :

Getthig pt the Trutlz with,Oterf3intial Calculus

The method'of differential calculus is similar to the scheme wedeveloped fot determining the locations, speeds, and directions ofthe billiard balls,at a.specified time. `Let's look more carefully at theparticulat proprem at determining the speed of-a billiard ball.

To get the data :we needed, we tool two pictures of themoving balls, sepatati by 0.1 second, and we determined thespeed- of a ball by mea§uring the distance, it had oved betweenphotos. Let's iuppose that a speciile ball moved 1 cen meter (cm),in 0.1 second. We easily see that its sPeedis 14) cm er second.

Suppose, however, that we had taken the pict res 0.05 secondsA

apart.,Then between photos the ball moves half t e distance, or 0.5cm. But of course the speed'is still 10 cm per sec d, since 0.5 cmin 0.05 second is the same as LO-cin in 0.01 second.

In cliffetential calculus we allow the time be ween photos toget closer and closer to zero. As we have seen, h lying the timebetween photos does not give us a new speed,43eca se the distance`moved by the ball decreases proportionately; so t e ratio of dis-tance to time between photos alwayS equals 10 c er second. Theessence of differential calculukis to divide 9ne "chunk" by an-otherin our exampke4 distance diAed by ti nd allow thetwo chunks to shrink toward zero. This 'sounds lik very:mysteriousbusiness, and one might think that the end result o uch a processwould be dividing nothing by -nothing. But this is not the case.Instead, we end up with the rate of 'motitirga particular instantand point.

d =Lae

117.

k,This process of letting the chunks shrink toward zero, mathe-maticians call "taking the limit." By taking the fimit.we reach theanswer we are seeking, namely the magnitude of the motion at apoint not contaminated by what happened, over a distance; eventhough the distance was very small. integration-it the reverseprocess; we take the, instantaneous motion and convert it sack todistance. '

,rtr4, .

I

lcsn. IN OA SECONDIS THE' SAME AS...

....0.5art IN 0.05 SECOND

Page 126: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

118

=

In our particular example, since the billiard ball moves withconstant 'speed, we get the,eame results with photos that takingthe limit produ s : 10 cm per second. But in actual fact, the ballwon't move wit constant speed, but will slow down ever soslightly beCrause o tion. If we wanted to be really accurate in ,

our measurement, we would wantour two photos to be separatedby -the shortest possible time, which approaches the idea of takingthe limit.

Let's go back now to Galileo's formula for falling bodies: d' =4.9t 2. We would like to reduce this formula to some number thatdoes not change with timea quantity that characterized therock's motion independent of initial and boundary conditions. AsGalileo's formula stands, it tells us how the distance fallen changeswith time. Putting a different time in the formula gives, a differentdistance; this formula certainly is not independent of time.

We might think, well, since the distance changes with time,maybe the velocity remains constant. Perhaps the rock falls, withthe same speed on its journey to the earth.

Differential calculus gives us the answer. It allows us to gofrom distance traveled to speed of travel. We can think of thisprocess as putting our formula d = 4.9t 2 into a "differentiatingmachine" which produces a new formula showing how speed, s,changes with time. The process performed by the machine is some-what akin to the two-photo procedure we discussedin earlier para-graphs. (See also "What's Inside the Differentiating Machine? AnAside on Calculus.") Let's see what happens now:

Jn goes (d = 4.9t2)!DIFFERENTIATING

MACHINE -+ out comes (s =-9.8t).

To our disappointment we see that the speed s is not constant;it increases continually with time. For every second the,rock falls,the speed increases by 9.8 meters per second.

Well, perhaps then the rate at which the speed changes, theacceleration, "a," is constant. To find out, we run our formula forspeed through the differentiating machine:

DIFFERENTIATINGIn goes (s 9.8t) --> out comes (a = 9.8).MACHINE

At last we've found a quantity that does not change with time.The acceleration of the rock is always the same. The speed increasesat the constant rate of 9.8 meters per second every second. We havehit rock bottom; 9.8 is a number that does not change, and it tellsus something abOut nature because it does not depend upon theheight of the tower or the way we dropped the 'rock.

WHAT'S INSIDE THE DIFFERENTIATING MACHINE ? -ANASIDE ON CALCULUS

To understand how the differentiating 'machine works, let'sconsider a specific example. We'll suppose a rock hitsthe ground

1'

Page 127: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

after falling for five seconds, and we would like to know the speedat impact. We start with Galileo's formula that says

y = 4.9t 2where y is the distane fallen and t is time. From the formula, wefind that the rock has fallen '78.0 meters after 4 seconds and 122meters after 5 seconds, or that the rock falls 44 meters' in its lastsecond before impact. (During this last second, the average speedis. 44 meters per second, although at the beginning of the secondthe rock's true speed is less than this and at the end it is greater.)We repeat this procedure several times, always using Galileo'sformula, to obtain the average speed during the last 1/2 second, thelast 1/1, second, and so forth down to the last 1/16,000 second. Theresults are shown in the table below.

119

TIMEINTERVAL'(SECONDS)

-- 1

16I

32I

64.

I

160`1. 1

16,000

DISTANCE

.

.

FALL EN 44 23 12.00 3.03 1.52 0.76 0.30- 0.03 0.003(METERS) .

AVERAGESPEED

(METERS PER)SECOND

44 46 47.50 148.50,

48.60.

48.69 ,48.73 48.76 148.767.--:'"

If we scan along the bottom row of the table, it appears thatthe termination speed is 49 meters per second, although with thisapproach we can never quite prove it. However, with calculus wecan prove it. Let's see how.

What we want to do is apply calculus to Galileo's formula fordistance and turn it into a formula that gives speed for any arbi-trary fall time. Since we want a general formula, we 'shall usesymbols, rather than numbers, to derive our new formula.

First, we shall let "t" stand for the fall time, and "it"(delta t) stand for any short interval of fall time. Thus, we mightsay that the rock falls for a time t and then falls an additionalsmall interval of time At. Similarly, we shall let Ay stand for thedistance the rock falls during the short interval of time At.

Next, using `Galileo's formula, we want to find a formula forAy, the distance the rock falls in At secondi.

iWe start With y = 4.9t2. ,

Then it follows that Y + Ay = 4.9 (t + At) 2/=4.9t2 9.8tAt + 4.9 (At) 2.

aSubtracting the first formula for y from the second formula

for y + Ay we see that

Ay = 9.8t of + 4.9 (At) 2.

24

AFTER AFTERSECONDS 5 SECONDS

2

-J78

y' METERS

1-11) 44

METERS.IN LASTSECONDOF FALL 122 .

yMETERS

Page 128: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

120.k

2°w

U

O

AFTER AFTERe SECONDS itAeSECONPS

Ay=DISTANCEFALLENIN At

SECONDS

4

Since the distance Ay is covered in c time At, the average speakover the distance is Ay/At.

Ay/At 9.8t At + 4.9 (At) 2, At

Finally, what we want to know is not the average Speed over thedistance Ay, but the instantaneous change of distance with respectto Ur or, equivalently, the speed at a point. We do this by lettingAt go to zero; or as the mathematicians say; we "take the limit" asAt approaches zero, which is

instantaneous speed = limit (9.8 t + 4.9 At) = 9.8t or speed, s = 9.8t.At > 0

Let's see how this new formula works. We put 5 seconds intoour formula and we obtain s = 9.8 x 5, = 49 meters per second,which is precisely what we anticipated from our table.

The instantaneous change of distance, y, with respect to time,t, is called the "derivative" of y with respect to t. It is writtendy/dt, which is just in our particular example, a shorthand notationfor the process, limit

At --) O.

In compact mathematical symbols, the derivative with respect totime, t, of the distance fallen, y ( = 4.9t2), is expressed as :

d(y) d(4.9,t2) .,

dt dt 9.8t = speed = s.

Or as we said on page 118 :

in goes (d = 4.9t2) --) DIFFERENTIATINGMACHINE

-* out comes Gs = 9.8t).

That part of calculus which is devoted to taking derivatives is called"differential calculus," and the inverse of differential calculus iscalled "integral calculus." If we had an "integrating" machine forintegral calculus, it would take the formula for speed and turn itback into the formula for distance :

In goes (s = 9.8t) -* INTEGRATINGF out comes (y = 4.9t2).MACHINE

We shall not go into the details here, but the process of goingfrom (s = 9.8t) .to (y, = 4.9t2)that is, integrating speed withrespect to timeis somewhat similar to the exercise we have just.completed.; The difference is that instead of using Galileo's formulato compute the average speed over each small interval of time, weuse our new formula for speed (s. 9.8t) to determine the distancefallen over many short consecutive intervals of time: then we addup all of these intervals to obtain the total distance fallen, andfinally, let the intervals of time go to zero (take the limit) to obtainthe exact result. To complete the integration process correctly for,

Page 129: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

121

a particular problem, we must know thee initial and boundary condi-tions. For example, we can compute correctly the speed of a rockafter. it ,has fallen for 10 seconds from the formula y. = 4t9t2 onlyif the rock starts its fall from rest. If it has an initial downwardmotionsuch as would result if we threw the rock downward in-stead of simply releasing it from our handthen we must incluathis fact in our calculation if we are to obtain the correct answer-1That is, we must know the initial condition that the rock left ourhand at, say, 14 kilometers per hour as well as the formula y = 4.9t2to obtain the correct answer.

NEWTON'S LAW OF GRAVITATION

Of course; nature might have been different; we might havefound that the cceleration increased with time and that the rateof increase of acc on with time was constant. But this is notthe case. After two "pee i gs," Newton had discovered that gravi-tational pull.,produces constant acceleration independent of time.

I'

CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO COPYRIGHT RESTRICTIONS.

; A

with calialiitis%011110$ anti othere*Measurernents, hewAs . -

P 141v. oftgravitaturn. He demon-strated that jthi0,1a4\41) to fairing, rocks but also tothe -Mar systeM,,entfyih to ;;.Tie latYer step required the appli-cation of integral c'a` ett16 the *hole process back-wardintegratitg ArAtOrtape4 motions of the planetsheproved that they-had ickinov- e around the sun in ellipses. By look-ing through the "microscope" of differentiation, Newton was ableto discover the essence of falling bodies; and by looking ,throughthe "telesope',' of 'integration, he was able to see the planets cir-cling the sun.

For whatever reasons, Newton kept his invention of calculus. to himself, and, it was invented again some ten years later by

Gottfried Wilhelm von Leibnitz, a German matherhatician. -Eventhen, .Newton not publish his version for another, 20 years.Leibnitz's symbolism was easier to manage than Newton's, so calcu-lus developed at a faster rate on the-Continent th.n it did in Eng-land. In fact, a .rivalry developed-between the two 'groups, with

Is) 1

Page 130: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

122

id IRS

SHORTEST TIMEBRACH ISTOE HRONII)

PROBLEM

k

'each group trying to stump the 'other by posing difficult mathemat-ical questions.

One problem posed by the Continental side concerned theshape a wire should have (not straight up and down) so that abead sliding down it would reach the bottom in the shortest possi-ble time. Newton spent an, evening working out the solution, whichwas relayed anonymously to the Continent. One of Leibnitz'8 col-leagues,' who had posed the problem, received the solution andreportedly said, "I recognize the lion by his paw."

Although Newton's laws of motion and gravitation can besummed up/n,a few simple mathematical statements, it took manygreat applid mathematiciansmen such as Leonhard Etiler, LouisLagrange, and William Hamiltonanother 150 years to work outthe full consumences of Newton's ideas. Rich as Newtmi's workwas, even he realized thathere was much to be done in other

mfields, especially electricity, magnetism, and light. It was some twohundred years after N wton before substantial progress was madein these areas.

Of course even later, Newton's laws were overturned bystein's relativity and most recently quantum mechanics, with itsrules governing the microscopic world, has come into play. Each"new understanding of nature has led to dramatic pins in thesearch for perfect time.

Page 131: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

1 28 915 1622 2329 30

Chapter3 4' 5 6 710 11 12 13 1417 18 19,20 2124 25 26 27 2831

TIMEAND

PHYSICS

Although much of the early interest in time sprang from reli-gious activities, the "high priests" of time bad- worked out remark-able schemes for predicting various astronomical events such asthe summer solstice; the winter solstice, and motions of the con-stellations in the sky throughout the year. In later times, with thedevelopmefit of commerce and naval activities on the seas and tneed for iniproVed navigation methOds, the interest in time turnesomewhat from the religious to the secular. But it makes.little dif-ference what the application, religious br secular, the tools for"unraveling" the fabric of time are the same.

,As we have seen, time measurement has been intimately con-nect'ed with astronomy for many centuries, and *Rhin our own life-

Mine we have begun to look at the atom in connection with themeasurement of time. It is rather curious that we have made aquantum jump from one end of the cosmological scale to the other

from stars to atomsin our search for the perfect clock. Themotions of pendulums, planets, and stars .are understood in termsq Newton's laWs of motion and gravitypr with even greaterrefinement in terms :of Einstein's General Theory of Relativity;and the world of the atom is understood in terms of the principleso quantum mechanics. As yet, however, no one has been able tocome up with one all-encompassing set of laws that will explain.man's observations Of nature from the smallest to the largestfrom theatoms to Andromeda. Perhaps the ultimate goal of sci-ence is to achieve this unified view. Or in the words of the artist-poet William Blake, the task of science is .

- o

.,123

g.

Page 132: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

124

1 BETTER TIMEMEASUREMENT

IMPROVES'UNDERSTANDING

OF 'NATURE. ..--

(MITER UNDERSTANDINGOF NATURE

IMPROVES TIMEI MEASUREMENT

4-

9

14,

To see a world in a grain of sand' And a heaven in a wild flower,'Hold infinity in the palm of your. hand

And eternity in an hour.Auguries of Innocence

Until this goal is reached, the science of physics will continueto ask many difficult questions about the big andahe small, andshort and the long, the past and the future.

As we saw in our discussion of man-made clocks, the develop-ments of scientific knowledge and of time- measurement havemoved forward hand in hand ; more accurate time measurementshave led to a better understanding of nature, which in turn has ledto better instruments for measuring time. improvements in themeasnrement of time bave made it possible for the science of phys-ics to expand its hdrizans enormously ; and because of this, modernphysics has seyeral very important things to tell us about time:

J

Time is relative, not absolute.Time has direction.Our measurement of tirhe is limited in avery fundamental way by the laws of.nature.A time scale based upon one particularset of laws from physics is not necessarilythe same time scale that would be gene-rated by another setof laws from physics.

TIME IS RELATIVE.

Isaac Newtc)a stated that time and space are ab'solute. By thishe meant that the laws of motion are such. that all eventin ,natureappear.to proceed in the same fashion and order no mAtter whatthe observer's location and motion. This means that all, clocks syn-chronized withileach other should constantly show thetame time.

Albert Einstein, came to the conclusion that Newton waswrong. Certain pecitliar 'notions in -the movement of the planetMercury around the sun could not be explained according to New-ton's ideas. By assuming that space and time are not absolute, Ein-stein was able to formulate new laws of motion that explained theobserved orbit of Mercury.

But what have Einstein's ideas to do with clocks not all show-ing the same time? First Einstein stated that if two spaceshipsapproach each other, meet, acid pass in outer space, there is noexperiment that can be performed to determine which spaceshipis moving and which is standing still. Each ship's captain canassert that his ship is standing still and the other's is moving. Nei-ther captain can prove the other wrong. We've all had the experi-ence of being in9a train or other vehicle that is standing still, butfeeling suite it is in motion when another vehicle close, beside usmoves past'. Only when we look around, for some other, stationary,object to relate, to can we be sure that 'it is the vehicle besidetus,and not our own, that is in motion.

Page 133: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

We must emphasize here that we are not attempting to proveEinstein's idea true; we are merely stating what he had to assumein order-to explain what happens in nature. Let's suppose now thateach of. our two spaceships is equipped with a clock., It's a ratherspecial kind of 'clock that, consists simply of two mirrors, facingeach other and separate,d by a distance of 5 centimeters (cm). Theperiod othe clobk is determined by a pulse of light that is simplybouncin back and forth between the two surfaces of the mirrors.Light travels about '5 cm- in 10-s seconds (one nanosecond) ; so around trip takes 2 nanoseconds.

The captain-traveling on ship number one would say that theclock on ship number two is "ticking" more slowly than hisbecause its pulse of light traveled more than 10 cm in its roundtrip. But the captain IA ship number two would be, equally correctin making the same statement about the clock on ship number one.Each captain views the other's clock relative, to his. And since;according to Einstein's statement, there is no way to tell whichship is Inoving and which is standing still, one captain's Conclusionis as valid as the other's. ThuS we see that time is relative=thatis, the time we see depends on our point of view.

To explore this idea a little further, let's consider the extremecase of two spaceships meeting and passing each other at the speedof light. -What will each captain say about the other'S clock? Wecould use the mathematics of relativity to solve this problem, butwe can also go straight to the answer in a fairly,easy way:

When we look at a clopic on the .wall, what we are reallyseeing is the light reflected from the face of the clock. Let's sup-pose that the clock shows nbon; and that at that moment we moveaway from the clock at the speed of light. We will then be movingalong with the light image of the noon face of the clock, and, anylater time shown on the,clock will be carried by a light image that,is also tilovino at the speed of light. 'But that image: will neVercatch up with us; all we Will ever see is the noon lace. In Otherwords, for ustime will be frozen, ate

There are other interesting implications in; this concept' oftime as relative to one's own location and movement. The fact thateach cNpthin of our two spaceships sees the other's clock "ticking"more slowly than his own is explained by Einstein's VSpecialTheory. of Relativity," which is concerned with uniform relativemotion between obj ects. Sometime later, Einstein developed his"General Theory of Relativity," which took gravitation intoaccount. In this case he found that the ticking rate of a clock isinfluenced. by -gravitation. He predicted that a clock in a stronggravitational potential, as is the case near the sun,- would appearto us to run slow. J

To see why this is sc* we go back to our two rocket ships. Thistime, let's suppose that one of the ships- is stopped a certain dis-tance from the sun. At this point there will be a gravitational field"seen" by the spacethip and its contents, including the .mirrorclock. Letts suppose the other spaceship, is falling freely in spacetoward the sun. Objects in this spaceship will float around freely

125

71{E DISTANCEBETWEEN T1411

MIRRORS INEACH ROCKETIS Scm

13.)

AS THE TWO ROCKET SHIPSpAss EACH OTHER, THECAPTAIN OF 1 AYS,T14ATTHE LIGHT PULSE IN *2TRAVELS MORE 'THAN 10Crrl IN ITS BACK, AND FORIP,

JOURNEY

Page 134: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

126

I.

A

in the cabin as though there were ,zero gravitational fieldjust aswe have seen from televised shots of the astronauts on their wayto the moon.

Let's suppose now that the falling spaceship passes the' sta-tionary spaceship on its ,journey toward the sun, in such a waythat the captain in the- free-falling spaceship can see the clock inthe other spaceship. Because of the relative motion, he will again'say that the other clock is running more slowly than his own. Andhe might go on to explain this observation by concluding that theclock where there is a gravitational field runs more slowly thanone where there' is zero gravitational field.

We can use these observations about clocks from SpeciaiRela-tivity- and General Relativity theories to obtain an interestingresult,{4. Suppose we put a clock in a. satellite. The higher the satel-lit is above 'the surface of the earth, the faster the clock will run

cause of the reduced gro.vitationat potential of the )earth. Fur -thei more, there will also' be a change in the rate of the clOckcaused by the 'relative motion of the satellite and' the earth. Thedifference in relative motion increases as the height of the atelliteincreases. Thus these two relativistic effects are working Against, s.each other. At a height of about 3300 kilometers above the surfaceof the earth, the two effects cancel each other.. So a clock .therewould run at the same rate as a clock on the surface of the earth.

TIME HAS DIRECTION

If we were to make a movie of two billiard balls ,botaicingback and forth on a billiard table, and then show the movie back-wards, we would not notice anything strange. We would see thetwo. balls approaching each other, heading toward the edges of thetable, bouncing off, passing each other, and so forth. No laws ofmotion would appear 'to, have been 'violated. But if we make amovie of an egg falling 'and smashing against the floor, and thenshow this film .backwards, something is / clearly wrong Smashedeggs do not in our experience come back together to make a per-

)fect egg and thehfloat up to someone's hand.

L

1\

I WASN'T'READX, UNSCRAMBLE

THEM AND WE'LLTRY AGAIN);

0

JORt1/4)ROBB

Page 135: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

In the egg movie there is very much a sense of time direction,whereas in the billiard ball movie there is not. It Would app'earthat the sense of time direction is somehow related to the probabil-ity or improbability of events. If we film the billiard balls over alonger period of time, for example, so that we see the balls slowingdown and finally coming to, restandXhen show the movie back-wards, we would realize that it was ruhning backwards. Billiardballs don't start moving from rest and gradually increase theirmotionat least not with any great probability. °'

Again the direction of time is determined by 'the probablPsequence of events: The reason the balls slow down is that frictionbetween the'balls and the table gradually converts the ordered roll-ing energy of the balls into the-heating up of the, table and ballsever so -slightly. Or more precisely, the ordered motion of the ballsis going into di4ordered 'motion. A measure of this disorderedmotion is called entropy.NEntropyinvolves time and the fact thattime "moves" in only one direction.

Systems that are highly organized have low entropy, and viceversa. To consider our billiard table further, let's suppose we startby racking up the balls into the familiar triangular shape. At thispoint the balls are highly organized and remain so until we"break" them. Even after the, break, we can perceive, a certainorganization, but after ,a few plays the organization has disap-peared into the random arrangement of the balls. The entropy of -

the balls has gone from low to high.Now let's suppose that we had filmed this sequence' from the

initial break until well after disorder had set in. Then we run thefilm backwards. During the first ',part of the showing, we arewatching the balls' motion during a period when they are com-pletelandaiiiized, and in this interval we cannot tell the differ-ence between showing the film forward or backward fn the physi,bist's jargon, after the entropy of a system is maximized we,cannot detect any directioyof time flow.

As we continue to watch the film, however, we approach themoment when the balls were highly organized into a compact,triangle. And as we come nearer to this moment we can certainlydetect a difference between the film running forward or backward.Now we can assign direction to "time's arrow:"

-There is another point we can bring out by comparing_ thisobservation with our earlier discussion of twa balls. We noticedthat with two balls, we Were not able to detect a time direction,but with many balls we can assign a meaning to time direction.With just two balls we are not surprised when they y-collide witheach other and move off, but when many balls are involved it ishighly improbable that they will eventually regroup to form a com-pact triangleunless we are running the film backward.

TIME MEASUREMENT IS LIMITEDWe have dismissed why it was necessary for Einstein to

modify Newton's laws of motion, Some years later, scientists dis-covered that it was necessary to modify Newton's laws to. explain

4a

127

132

O

Page 136: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

' 128

HIGH SPEEDCLEAR IMAGE

LOW SPEEDBLURRED IMAGE

;7.

observations of objects at the other end of the size scale from p14-ets and starsnamely, atoms. But the modification were differatfrom those that Einstein made.

One of the implications of these modifications is that there ISa limit to how precisely time can be measured under certain condi-tions. The implication is that the more we want to know aboutwhat happened, the less we can know when it happened, and viceversa. It's a kind of "you can't have your cake and eat in. type oflaw.

We can get a feeling for it by considering the following prob-lem : Let's suppose we would like to know the exact instant when aBB, shot from an air rifle, passes a certain point in space. As theBB passes this point, we could have it trigger .,a fine hair mecha-nism that sets off a high-speed flash photo. Behind the BB is a wallclock whose picture is taken along with the BB's picture. In thehigh-speed photo we would see the BB suspended in motion, andthe wall clock would indicate the time at the moment the' picturewas; taken.

But let's suppose. we wanted to krioW something= about 'thedirection the BB is moving, but we were still limited to one Pic-ture. We could take a slower picture, which would show a blurredimage of the BB, and from this image we could determine thedire4ion of movement. But now the second hand on the clockwould be blurred also, and we could not know the exact time whenthe BB crossed the mark.

Both the time when an event happens and the duration oftime it occupies can be measured quite precisely. But the greater'the degree of precision, the less other information'can be-gathered.This fact, vhich scientists pll the, "uncertainty principle," .seemsto be 8.1-iihrdbmental featirre-ufn-atuie. ,...-'

Froni quantum' mechanics, a more) precise expression of theuncertainty principle is that the more wenow about the "energy"of a process, the less we know about when 'it happened, and vicevers . We can apply this statement directly to an atom emitting aphotlbn of radiation, such as a hyddrogen atom in a hydrogen maser.AccOrding to the uncertainty rinciple, the more precisely weknow the amount, of energy emitted the atom, the less we knowabout when it happened. , ,

In Chapter 5 we found that the f ncy .of the radiatedenergy is related in a., precise way to the ',quantum" of energyemitted : The bigger the quantum of 'energy, the higher the fre-quency emitted. But now we see .that, there is another applicationof this frequency-energy relationship. If we know the 'magnitudeof the quantum of ergy quite accurately, then we know the fre-quency radiated q 'te accurately; and vice versa. 4'

But the uncertainty principle tells us that to know the energyprecisely and thus the frequency preciselymeans that we won't.know very much about when-the emission took place. The situationis somewhat like water flowing out of a reservoir. If the waterruns out very slowly, we can measure its rate of flow accurately; .,.

Page 137: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

but -this ow will be spread over a long period of time, so we haveno distinct notion of the process haVing a precise beginning andending. But if the dam is blown up\ a huge crest of water. willsurge downstream; and as the crest \passes by,' we will have nodoubt that something happened and \when it happened=----Kiit wewill have great diffiCulty in measuring the rate at which to water

, -flows by.

In the case of the atom, the energy leaking away slowly meansthat we can measure its frequency precisely. We have already ob-_served a similar idea in Chapter 5, in our\ discussion of the cesium-beam tube resonator. We said that the longer the time theatom spends drift4ng down the beam tube, the more precisely wecould determine its resonance frequency; or °alternatively, thelonger the time 'the atom spends in the beam tube, the higher the"Q" of the resonator. Thus, both from our discussion of resonatorsin Chaptei 5, and also from quantum mechanics, we come to a con-

_ elusion that makes sense: The longer we observe .a resonator, thebetter we know its frequency.

As a final comment, we can relate our discussion here to thespontaneous emission of an atom., which we also discussed in Chap-ter 5. Atoms, we observed, have 4 "natural" lifetime. That is, leftalone they will eventually spo taneouSly elnit a photon ,Of radidtion; but this lifetime varies f om atom to atom and" also dertendsupon the partictfiar energy s to of the atom. If an 'atom has avery short natural lifetime, we will beWss uncertain about when itwill emit energy than if it had a very long lifetime. Invoking theuncertainly, principle, atoms with short lifetimes ennt uncertainamounts of energy, and thus the frequency is uncert and atomswith long lifetithes emit packets of energy whose values -are wellknown, and thus the frequency is well established.

Vde seein a sense, then, that each atom has its own natural Q.Atoms with long naturaj lif?tim6 correspond to-pendulums withlong decay times, and tf4s high Q's; and atoms with short naturalliTetimes correspond sto pendulums with short decay times, andthus low Q's.

We should emphasize, however, that although a particularenergy transition of an atom may correspond to a relatively low Qas compared to other transitions of other atoms, this of itself is,not necessarily a serious obstacle" to clabk building. For atomicresonators. contain many millions V atoms, and what we observe isan "average/result, whichismeeths -out the fluctuations associatedwith emissions from particular atoms.- Th'e only limitatir would ,°appear to be the one that we have already pointed out in Chapter5, in our discussion of the limitations of atomic resonators: As wego to higher apd higher atomic resonant frequencies, the naturallifetime of the, atomor decay tiniemay be so short that itwould be diffichlt to observe the atom before it spontaneouslydecayed.

-4Aw DAM WATER FLOWS ATEVEN RATE DOWN

gMa ".STREAM:10=:02Ea J.

BURSTD

-00"."-

144

-SURGE

/7- OFWATER,

0 u

.1

Page 138: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

13e

PROM THIS/TO THIS

ATOMIC AND 'GRAVITATIONAL CLOCKS

We have seen that there is no single theory in science 'that'explains both the macroscopic world of heavenly bodies and themicroscopic- world of the atom. Gravity governs the motions of the

oltfirs, galaxies, and pendulums ; atoms come under the jurisdictiono quantum mechanics.

In our history.of the development of clocks, we have seen thatthere has been a dramatic change in the last decade or so. We havegone from clocks .whOse, resonators were based on swinging pendu-lums--or other mechanical devices--to resonators based on atomicphenomena. We have gohe from the macro -world to the, micro-world with' a concomitant change in the laws, that gOvern theclocks' resonators. -

This diversity raises an interesting question: Do clocks'under-dtood in terms of Newton's law of motion and gravitation keeP thesame time as tliose based* quantum theory? The atomic second, werecall, was defined as nearly equal to the ephemerisor "gravity"second for the year 1900. But will this relationship be true amillion yeard. from nowor even a thousand? Might not theatomic second and the gravitational vcond slowly drift apart?

The answer to this challenging question is embedded in thedeeper question of the relationship between the laws describing themacro -world and,: those describing the- micro-world; In the laws ofb4h there are numbers called physical constants, which areassumed not to change in 'time. One such constant is the velocity oflight; another is the gravitational; constant "G." G 'appearsNewton's law of gravitation, according to which the gravitatiohalattraction Between two objects is proportional to the product oftheir masses and inversely proportional to the square of the .dis-tance between them. ThUs if: we write Ml and .11k. for the twomasses, and the distance between them D, Newton's law reads

FORdE = F = GM1 2112D2

To get the correct answer fon:the force, F, we have 'to intro-duce G; and G is a number that we must determine experimentally.'There is no scientific theory that allows us to calculate G.

We have a similar situation in quantum mechanics. We havealready learned that energy, E, is relatgto frequency, f; mathe-maticany the expresiion is E = hf,, wher0,4 is another constant.Plank's constantwhich, must be determirie;t4cpeimentally.some unknown way, G or h is changing.. wjttze, then time keptby gravitational clocks and atomic clocks wilViliverge. 'For if Gistchanging slowly with, time, a pendulum clock under the influenceof graidtation will slowly change in period. Similarly, a changing hwilcause the period of, an atomic clock to-drift. At present thereis no experimental evidence that this is happening, but theproblemis being actively investigated.

If G and h diverge in just the'Pright" way, we. could get somerather strange results. Let's suppose gravitational time is slowly

k ,

Page 139: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

decreasing with respect to atomic time. We can't really say whichscale is "correct"; .one is just as "true" as the other. liutlet's,takethe atomic time scale as our raerence scale and see how the gravi-tational scale changes with respect to it. 1

We'll assume that the rate of the gravitational clock doubles.every thousand million yearsevery.billion years--with respect tothe atomic clock. To keep our example as simple as 'possible,let's assume that the rate of the graitaiional -dock doe not

' change smoothly but occurs in jumps at the end of each bi ionyears. Thus, 'one billion- years ago the -pendulum or gravitatio al rclock was running only half -as fast as the atomic clock. As wekeep moving into the past, in billion-yeai intervals, we could tabu-late the total time as 'measured by the two kindk of clocks as fol-lows:

`4

Accumulated Atomic.Clock Time 1 billion years.+ 1 billion years 1: billion years'+ and so fOithindefinitely.

ti

Ac,pUtnulated Pendulum Clock-Time = 1 billionyears + 1/2 hiltiori year + 1/", billion years +1/e biffion'yeers + and so forth indefinitely. r

. As we go further and further into the. Past, the accumulatedatomic time approaches. infinity, but the accumulated pendulumclock tiniedoes not; it appisoaChes 2 billion years

1 +, 1/2 + 1/4 -+ ye + -I- 1/22 -I- lAt . . . 2.

4The arithmetic is simildr to the problem 'we dislCussed earlier, oh page 117, where we saw thatthe speed of a rock hitting the ground ap-.proached 160 feet per second, as we kept com-puting its average speed at intervals successivelycloser to the ground. Thus, ip our c example,gravitational time points to Alefinite origin oftime, and atomic time does not.. .

The example we have chosen is, of course, just one of manypossibilities, and we piclied it for its dramatic qualities.But it.doesillustrate that questions relating, tt9 the Measurement bf time mustbe carefully considered. To ask questiOhs about time and not spec-ify how we will measure it is most probably an empty exercise.

-

D1 DDX WHAT'STHE 131GGEST THERE

AMY lirJUST

MuMBER.THERE is?

99 q qq 0-411)1, INFIN.wrto

411116'

Page 140: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

132

C.

THIS IS A MOVIEOF TVBALLS 'COLLIDING

THIS IS THAT MOVIE,SHOWNBACKWARD

BOTH THE MOVIE AND ITSBACKWARD VERSION CAN .OCCUR IPJNATURE

TIME !WAR lAty CE

THE DIRECTION OF TIME AND SYMMETRIES IN NATURE-AN ASIDEWe can relate this discussion of the billiard balls and time's

direction- to what was said about mathematics and time on page115. We recall that "a mathematician-scientist characterizes aproblem- by the initial conditions, the boundary conditions,'and thelaws that govern the process he is investigating. The direction oftime's arrow is a consequence of initial conditions, and not a conse-quence of the laws governing the motions of the balls. It is, the ini-tial condition that all of the balls start from a triangular nest and.,.proceed toward random pOsitions over the surface of the table thatgives a sense of time's direction.

If the balls had started out r ndomlythat is if the initial-condition had been a random plat ent of the balls, with randomspeeds and directions of motiont en we would have no percep-tion of time's direction. But the laws governinwthe motion are the 0same whether the balls are initially' grouped or scattered over thesurface of the table.

These observations bring up a very interesting question: Isthere no sense of time direction in a random universe? From thepreceding discussion, it would appear that there is not. But wecannot give a final answer to this question. Until 1964, it appearedthat there was no law in nature that had any sense of time direc-tion, and that time's arrow is simply a consequence cf +he fact thatnature is moving from order to disorder. That is, in the distantpast the universe was compact and ordered, and we are now some10 to 20 billion years down the path to disorder. We shall discussthis again later, in connection with the "big bang" theory of theuniverse.

THE STRUGGLE TO PRESERVE SYMMETRY

To dIg. deeper -into this question oL me's direction, we moveinto an area of physics that ja on the frontier of experimentationand theoretical development. This means the Subject is highly con-troversial and by no means resolved. All we can do-at this point isattempt to describe the present state of affairs, and the reader'sguess 'as to what the future'will bring to light,is perhaps as goodas anybne's.

As we have said, there was no evidence? until 19641that thelaws of nature contained the least indication of the direction oftime. But ten years before that, in 1954; two physicists, T. D. Leeand C. N. Yang, of the Institute for Advanced Study, at Princeton,inadvertently opened up new speculation on this subject....

A very powerful 'notion lei physics, is that there is a certainsymmetry inherent in nature and that the detection of symmetries'greatly clarifies our understanding of nature: Let's return to ourtwa,billiard balls fo( an example. We found that there was no .wayto determine the direction of time by running the film forward andbackward--assuming that the table is frictionless. The laws gov-erning the inter ctions ant motions of the balls are not sensitiveto time's direct' n. We could extend this test to any of the laws of

Page 141: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

nature that we wished to investigate by making movies of proc-esses governed by the law under consideration. As lcmg as we couldnot tell the difference between running the film backward and for-ward, we could say that the laws were insensitive to times direc-tion, or in the language of, physics, time "invariance"or "T"invarianceis preserved.

But "T" invariance is not the only kind of symmetry innature. An9ther kind of symmetry is what we might call left-hand,right-hand symmetry. We can test for this kind. of symmetry byperforming two experiments. First, we set up the apparatus., toperform a certain experiment, and we observe the result of thisexperiment. Then we set up our apparatus as it would appear inthe mirror image of our first experiment and observe the result ofthis experiment. If left-right symmetry is preserved, then theresult of our second experiment will be just what we observe bywatching the result of our first experiment in a mirror. If such aresult is obtained, then we know that left-right symmetry is pre-servedor as the physicist would say, there is parity beiween left-and right, or "P" invariance is preserved.. -

Until 1956, everyone believed that left-right parity wasalWays preserved. No experiment give any evidence to the con-trary-rEt# Lee and Yang, in 'order to explain a phenomenon thatwas puzzling scientists studying certain tiny atomic particles, pro-posed that parity is not always preserved.

The issue was settled by an experiment performed in 1957 e.tthe National Bureau of Standards faCilities by Madame Chien-Shuing Wu, Ernest Ambler, R. W. Hayward, D. D. Hoppes, and R.P. Hudson scientists from Columbia Universityand the NBS inWashington, D. C. We shall not go into the details here, but theresult conclusively proved that parity had fallen; a pivotal conceptof quantum mechanicsand even the common-sense worldhadbeen destroyed.

The' violation of parity"P" invariancegreatly disturbedphysicists, and they looked for a way out. To glimpse the,path theytook we must consider a third kind of%symmetry principle in addi-tionto "T" and "P" invariance. This is called charge conjugation,or "C" invariance. In nature there exists, for every kind of parti-cle, an opposite number called an antiparticle. These antiparticleshave the same properties as their counterparts except that theirelectric charges, if any, are apposite in sign. For examine, the anti-particle for the electran, which has a negative charge, is the posi-tron;which has a positive charge. When a particle encounters itsantiparticle they can both disappear into a flash of electromagnetic-energy, according to Einstein's famous equation \E = MC 2. Anti-particles were predicted theoretically by the English physicist PaulDirac, in 1928, and were detected experimentally in 1932 by Amer-

, ican physicist Carl Anderson, who was studying cos,-rays.But what has all of this to do with the violation -oS joatity

and of even more_concern to ustime reversal? Let's deal.VritIL theparity question first. As we have said, experiments were performed

133

BOTH THEMOTION OF THEBALL AND ITS

MIRROR IMAGE

ARE ALLOWEDIN NATURE

LEFT-RIGHT INVARIANCEOR" P" INVARIANCE.

1.

THIS MIRROR, CHANGES

o PARTICLESINTOdANTI-PARTICLES

CHARGE CIONJ1J6ATIONOR " C WVARIANCE

-

Page 142: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

194

SYMMETRIESTIME INVARIANCELEFT R161-1TCHARGE CONJUGATION

4

that demonstrated that parity was violated, which was a very. disturbing result. But physicists.were able to salvage symmetry ina very ingenious way: If the mirror is replaced by a.new kind ofMirror, which not only gives a mirror image brit also transformsthe particles in the experiment into their ,corresponding antiparti-cles, the symmetry is preserved. In other words, we obtain a result -that does not violate a new kind of symmetry. We could say thatnature's mirror not only changes right to left, but also reversesmatter into antimatter. Thus charge invariance awl parity invari-.ance taken together are preserved"CP" invarian&is preservedand physicists were much relieved. ,

-

This inner peace was Short lived, however. In 1964 J. H.Christens On and his colleagues at Print eton University performedan experiment that gave a result that could not be accounted for-even by a mirror that replaced matter, by antimatter, and CP symmetry was broken. But this turns out to have an implication fortime invariance, or "T" invariance. From relativity and quantummechanics, corherstones of modern physics, comes a super-Symmetryprinciple that says : If we have a mirror that changes left toright, exchanges matter for antimatter, and on top of all this,causes time to run backward in the sense of showing a movie back-wardthen we get a result that should be allowed in nature.

We must underline here that this super-symmetry principle isnot based on a few controversial experiments undertaken in themurky, corners of physics, but is a clear implication of relativityand quantum mechanics; and to deny this super principle would beto undermine the whole of modern physics. The implication of theexperiment in 1964.that demonstrated a violation of "CP" invariancerequires that time invariance symmetry"T" symmetry=bebroken, if the super principle is to be preserved. Nobody to datehas actually observed "T" invariance symmetry violated. It is-onlyinferred from the broken CP symmetry experiment combined withthe super CPT principle.

It is not clear wh all of these bioken symmetries mean forman in his everyday li e'. But such difficulties in the past havealways created a 'challe ge leading to new . and unexpected, insightinto the underlying pr esses of nature. The violations of the sym-metry principles we ave discussed represent only a very fewexceptions to the results generally obtained, but these minute, dis-crepancies have many times led to revolutionary new ways of look-

!ing at nature.

13j

Page 143: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

9, Chapter1 2 3 4 5 68 9` 10 11 12 1315 16 17 18'19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829'430 31

714

TIMEAND

ASTRONOMY

We have seen that the measurement and determination oftime are inseparably related to astronomy. Another facet of thisrelationship, which sheds light on the evolution of the universe andthe objects it contains, has been revealed over the past few dec-ades. In this chapter we shall see hotv theory combined with obser-vations has allowed us to estimate the age of the universe. Weshall discuss some "stars" that transmit signals like "clockwork,"and.:we shall discuss a peculiar kind of star to which the full forceof relativity theory must be akilied if we are to understand theflow of time in the vicinity of such a star. And finally we shall dis-cuss a new technique of radio astronomy that became possible onlywith the development of atomic clocks, and that has interestingapplications outside of radio astronomy.

MEASURING THE AGE OF. THE UNIVERSE

In 1648 Irish Archbishop Usher asserted that the universewas formed on Sunday, October 23, 4004 B. C. Since then therehave been numerous estimates of the age of the universe, and eachnew figure places the origin back in a more., distant time. In the19th Century, Lord Kelvin estimated that it had taken the earth 20to 40 million years to cool from its initial temperaturt to its pres-ent temperature. In the 1930's) radioactive dating-of rocks settledon two billion years, and the `most recent estimates for the age ofthe universe lie between 10 and 20 billion years.

These newest estimates are developed along two lines ofthought and observation : The first relates the age of the universeto.the speeds, away from the earth, of distant galaxies. The second

140

OLDEST STARS, IN UPJIVERsg

le2

10'

t ICf

0vi

g1600

195

LORDKELVIN

ASIGHSISHOP USHER

1700 1000 w00 2000

Page 144: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

136

r-

o i STAAK6 TO STAR

NUBBLE '5 DISCOVERY

is obtained from observations of the makeup of the uniyerse thatpeg it as being at a particular point in time along its evolutionary`"track."

The Expanding UniverseTime Equals DistapceThroughout much of history, man has-tended to think of the

universe as enduring "from everlasting to everlasting." But in -1915 Einstein applied his theory of general relativity to the prob-lem of the evolution-of the universe and reluctantly came to theconclusion that the universe is dynamic and expanding. In fact, hewas so dubious about his conclusion that he introduCed a new terminto his equationsthe "cosmological term"to 'prevent his equa-tions from predicting this expansion. Then in 1929, some 14 yearslater, the AmericAn astronomer Edwin Hubble discovered that the -universe was indeed expanding, and Einstein is reported to have

-1/4/-` said that the cosmological term was "the biggest blunder of mylife."

We have already encountered the technique used by Hubble todiscover the expanding universe. It is based on the Doppler effect,whereby the whistle of an approaching: train seems to have its fre-qtiency shifted_ upward, and then shifted downward as the trainmoves away. Hubble was investigating the light from a number ofcelestial objects when he noticed that certain aspects of the lightspectrum were shifted to lower frequencies, as though the radiat-ing objects were moving away from the earth at high speeds. Fur-thermore, the more distant the object, the greater its, speed awayfrom the earth.

With Hubble's discovery of the relationship between distanceand speed, it was possible to estimate an age of the universe. Thefact that all objects were moving away from the earth meant thatall celestial objects had at some time in the distant. past originatedfrom one point. The. observed distance to the objects, with theircorresponding recegsional-speeds, when extrapolated backward intime, indicated an origin about 20 billion years ago. Of course, wemight\kuspect that the recessional speeds have been slowing dovishwith time; so the age of the universe could be less than thatderived from the presently measured speeds. In tact, using the evo-lutionary_line of reasoning to estimate the age of the universe, wefind that this seems to be the case.

Big Bang or Steady State?Scientists have developed theories for the evolution.of the uni-

verse. And according to these theories, the universe evolves in acertain way, and the constitution of the universe at any point intime is unique. From the observations to date, it would appear thatthe universe is about ten billion years old, 'which fits in with thenotion that the universe was,,at an earlier date, expanding at agreater-rate than it is today. This theory is known popularly as the"big bang" theory. It postulates that at the origin of time, the uni-verse was concentrated with infinite density and then., catastrophi-cally exploded outward, a/Aithat the galaxies were, formed fromthis primordial material.

/

Page 145: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

THAMVERYINTERESTING- -WHAT CAUSEDTHE 81G BANG

Competing with this theory is the so-called "steady state"theory, which is more in line with the philosophical thought thatthe universe endures "'from everlasting to everlasting." But thegreat bulk of the astronomical observations today agrees with thebig bang theory rather than the steady-state theory, and the steadystate theory has been largely abandoned.

Of course, we are still faced with the unsettling,question ofwhat about before the big bang. We do not have the answer. Butperhaps the reader will have realized by this point that-time hasmany faces, and perhaps in the long run questions of this sort,relating to the ultimate beginning and end of the universe, aresimply projections of our own micro -experience into the Macro-'world of a universe that knows no beginnings and no ends.

STELLAR CLOCKS

. Quite often in.science a project that was intended to ,exploreone area stn les unexpectedly upon interesting results inanother. Sever years ago, a special radio telescope was built atCambridge Un. ersity's Mullard Radio Observatory in England, tostudy the twi ling of radio starsstars that emit radio waves.The twinkling can be caused by streams of electrons emitted by thesun. It may be quite fast, so equipment was designed to detect

, .

rapid changes.In August of 1964, a strange effect was noticed on a strip of

paper used to record the stellar radio signals: There was a groupof sharp pulses bunched. tightly together. The effect was observedfor over a month and then disappeared, only to reappear. Carefulanalysis indicated that the pulses were corning with incredible reg-ularity at the rate of 1.33730113 per second, and each pulse lasted10 to 20 milliseconds. Such a uniform rate caused- some observersto suspect that a broadcastby intelligent beings from outer space PULSAR SIGNALhad been intercepted. But further obserations disclosed the pres-ence of other such "stellar clocks" in our .own galaxythe MilkyWay Galaxyand it did not seem reasonable that intelligent lifewould be so plentiful within our own galaxy.

It is generally belied now that the stellar clocks, or pulsarsas they are called, are neutron stars, which represent one of the

I

142

137

Page 146: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

138

FORMATIOti-OF STAR

STRUGGLE BETbt ENGRAVITY AMY AROPRESURE P D ByNUCLEAR FUR NA E

NUCLEAR FURNACE BURNSOUT AND STAR COLLAPSES

. ON ITSELF

NEUTRONSTAR

TRAPPEDgPARTICLES

BEACON)

MAGNETICFIELD LINES

ROTATE WITHSTAR

--71-ag-7Atigeeiri _of a star.. According to the theory of thebirth; evoluti 1,--a-ifirdeath of stars, stars are formed fro inter-stellar dust and-gas that may come from debris left over, rom theinitial "big bane, or from the dust of-stars that have died in aviolent explosion or "sillier nova."'

A particular cloud of gas and dust will begin to condensebecause of the mutual gravitational attraction between particles.As the particles become more compact and dense, the gravitationalforces increase, forming'a tighter and tighter ball, which is finallyso dense and hot that nuclear reactions, like a continuously explod-ing 11 bomb, are set off in the interior of themass.White Dwarfs -

In a young star, the energy of heat and light is produced bythe nuclear burning of hydrogen into helium. The pressure gener-ated by this process pushes the stellar material outward againstthe inward force of gravitation. The two forces struggle againsteach other until a balance is reached. When the hydrogen isexhausted, the star begins to collapse gravitationally upon itselfagain, until such a high pressure is reached that the heliuM beginsto .burn, creating new and heavier elements. Finally, no furtherburning is possible, no matter what the pressure, and the, star

-begins to collapse unifier its own weight.At this point, what happens toothe star depends upon its mass.

If .,its mass is near' that)of our own sun, it collapses into a strangqkind of matter that is enormously more dense than matteurian-ized into the materials we are familiar 'with on earth. One cubiccentimeter of such, matter weighs about 1000 kilograms. Such acollapsed star is called a "white d arf," and it shines faintly forbillions of years, before becoming a "clinker" in space.

Neutron StarsFor stars that are slightly more massive than our sun, the

gravitational collapse goes beyond the wh4te dwarf stage. Thegravitational force so great and the atoms are jammed togetherso closely that t e electrons circling the core of the atom arepressed to the co e, joining with the protons to form neutrons withno electrical ch rge. Normally; neutrons decay into a proton,. amassless particle called a neutrino, and a high-speed electron, witha half-life of about 11 minutesthat is, balf of the neutrons willdecay in 11 minutes. But gien the enormous gravitational forceinside a collapsed star, the electrons are not able to escape, andthus we have a "neutron star"a ball about 20 kilometers indiarneter, having a density a hundred million times the density ofa white "dwarf. Such an object could rotate very fast and not flyapart, and it looks as though the neutron star is the answer to thepuzzling "stellar clocks."

But where do the pulses come from? Such a neutron star willhave a magnetic field that rotates with the star, as the earth's'magnetic field rotaies-with the earth. Electrically charged particlesnear the star will be 's'aept .> .long by the rotating magnetic field;

Page 147: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

and the farther they are,from the star, the faster they will have torotatelike the ice skater on the end. of a "crack the whip" chain.

The most, distant particles will approach speeds near that oflight; but accordink to the relativity theory no particle can exceed.thq speed of light. So these particles will radiate ,energy to "avoid"exceeding the speed .of light. If the' particles are grouped intobunches, then each time a bunch sweeps by, we will see a burst oflight or radio energy as though it were coming from a rotatingbeacon of light. Thus the pulses we detect on earthare in realitythe signals produced as the light sweeps by us. If such an explana-tion is correct, then the star gradually loses energy because' ofradio and light emifsion, and the star will slow down. Carefulobservations show that pulsar rates are slowing down gradually,by an amount Predicted by the theory.

oBlack Holes Time Comes to a Stop

Stars with masses about that of our own sun or smaller col-lapse into white dwarfs; islightly more massive stars collapse intoneutron stars. Now let's consider stars that are so massive thatthey collapse, into a point in space.

In thecase of the neutron star, complete collapse is preventedthe nuclea forces within the ne, rons, but with the more mas-

sive stars, grhvitation overcome even the nuclear forces; andaccording to the theories available t 'day, the .star continues to col-lapse to a point in space containing all of the mass of the originalstar, but with zero volume, so that the density and gravity areinlnite--gtravity is so strong near this object that, even lightcannot escape; henee th term black hole.

These fantastic objectsblack holeswete postulated theoret-ically, utilizing relativity theory, in the late 1930's; and within thelast few years the eyidence is mounting that, they do indeed exist.One such observation reveals star circling around an invisibleobject in space. In the vicinity -ar this unseen star, of black hole,strong x-rays are emitted, and it is suspected that these x-rays aregenerated by matter streaming into the black holematter thatthe gravity field of the black hole 'pulls away from the companionstar.

How would time behave in the vicinity of such a strangeobject? We recall from our section on relativity (page 125) thatat the gravitational field increases, clocks run more slowly. Let'sapply this idea to a black hole. Suppose we start out with a mas--sive,star that has exhausted all fuel for its nuclear furnace and isnow beginning to undergo, gravitational collapse.

We'll suppose that on the surface of this collapsing star wehave an atomic frequency standard whose frequency is communi-cated to a distant observer by light signals. As the star collapses,the frequency of the atomic standard, as communicated by thelight signal, would dec ;ease as the gravitational field increases..Finally, the size of the star reaches a critical value where thegravitational pull is 'so strong that the light signal is not able to

}eave the su ace of the star.

139

Page 148: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

140

TICK TICK -rugTICK TICK

TICKTIC.K__ TICK

TKIC TKPC11C1C." TITOCK Tics. TICK TICK TICK TICK

'STARFORMATIOA) OF SLACK HOLE

Our distant: observer would notice two things as- the starapproaches this critical size: First, the clock on the _surface of thestar is running more and more slowly; and at the same time, theimage of the star is getting weaker. Finally we are left withonlythe "Cheshire cat smile" of the star.

A careful mathematical analysis of the situation shoWs thatfor the distant f observer, it appears to take infinite time for thestar to reach this critical size; but for an .observer riding-With 'the -

clock on the surface of the star, the critical size is reached in afinite,length of time.

What does all of this mean? No-one knows tor'sure. The equa-tions indicate that the massive star just keeps collagsjumjtself_until it is merely a point in space. Mathematicians call these pointsin space singularities; and when a singularity is encountered in a--Mathematical law of nature, it means that the theory has brokendown and scientists start looking for a more powerful theory thatwill lead thein into new pastures. It has happened many timesbefore in physics. For example, when Niels Bohr postulated thatan electrorocoUld circle around 51i atom without spiraling into thenucleus, he provided a stepping-stone toward a whole new conceptof the micro-world. Perhaps the "black hole" is, the doorway con-necting the micro-world to the macro-world.

TIME, DISTANCE; AND RADIO STARSIn Chapter 12 we described systems for determining distance

and location from synchroniztd, radio signals. Here we shall dis-cuss a new technique for relating time to distance via observationsof radio starsa technique that has grown out of the relativelynew science of radio astronomy.

One of the problems of astronomy is to determine the direc-RESOLUTIOM tion and shapes of distant celestial objects. Astypnomers refer to-

AREA OF ANTEWKIA this as the "resolution"' problem. The resolution of a telescope is

FREOUE1ry0 CY primarily determined`by two factorsthe area of the device4 collects the radiation from outer space, and the radiation fre--"? quenry at which the obseriration,is made.

As we might expect, the bigger the collecting area, the betterthe resolution;' but not so obvious is Ikhe fact that resolutiondeCreases as we make observations at lower frequencies. For opti-cal astronomers the area of the collecting device is simply the areaof the lens or mirror that intercepts the stellar radiation. And forradio astronomers it is the area of the antennaquite often in the,shape of a dishthat figures in the determination of resolution.

Because of the dependence of resolution on frequency,, an opti-cal telescope lens with the same area as a radio telescope dishyields a system with much greater resolution because3optical freesquencies are much higher than radio frequencies. 'The-cost andengineering diffidulties associated with building large radio anten-nas, to achieve high resolution at radio frequencies, fostered alter-native approaches. A systefn consisting of two small antennas sep-arated by a distance has the same' resolution as one large antennawhose diameter is equal to the separation distance. Thus, instead

X40

Page 149: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

of building one large antenna ten kila,eters in diameter, we canachieve the same resolution with two smaller antennas separatedby ten kilometers.

i. But as always, this advantage is obtained at a cost. The cost isthat Are 'Must very carefully combine the signals received at thetwo smaller dishes. For large Separation distances, the signals' atthe two antennas are typically recorded on magnetic tape, usinghigh-quality tape recorders.

It is important that the two signals 41e recorded very accu-rately with respect to time. This is achieved by placing at the twoantenna sites synchronized L atomic clocks that generate time sig-nals recorded directly on the two tapes along with the radio sig-nals from the two /stars. With the time information recordeddirectly on the tapes, we can at some later time bring the twotakes togetherusually to a location where, a large computer isavailableand° combine the two signals in the time sequence inwhich they were-Originally recorded. This is important, for other-wise we will get a combined signal that we cannot easily disentan-gle.

It is also important that the radio-star signals be recordedwith respect to a very stableirequency source; otherWise, the re-corded radio-star signals will have variations, as though the yadiotelescopes were tuned to different frequencies of the radio star"broadcast" during the measurement. The effect would be similarto trying to listen to a radio broadcast while someone else was ,con-.tinually tuning to a new station. The atomic standard also providesthis stable frequency-reference signal. These requirements for timeand frequency information are so stringent tliat the two-antennatechnique, with large separation distance, is not practical withoutatomic clocks.,

To understand the implications of this technique for synchrony -'zation annistance measurement," we need to dig a little mftredeeply. In the sketch, we see a signal coming from a digtantradio star. ,Signals from radio stars are not at one frequency, butare a jumble of signals at many frequencies; so the signal has theappearance of "noise," as shown in the sketch.

Let's now consider a signal that is just arriving at the twoantennas. Because the star is not directly overhead, the 'signalarriving at antenna A still has an extra distance, D, to travelbefore it reaches antenna.B. Let's suppose that it takes the signal ItEcoRDa time, T, to travel the extra distance, D, to antenna B. Thus we A;are recording the signal at A, a time T-before it is recorded at B.,The situation is similar to recording a voice transmission, from asatellite at two different locations on the earth. Both, locations- RIVRDrecord the same voice transmission, but one transmission lags 13

behind the other in time.Let's replace the radio star with a satellite. Suppose we know

the locations of the -satellite and the two earth sites, A' and B, asshown in the sketch. We record the two voice transmissions, ontape, and later bring the two _recordings 'together and play them

sie.s4AL ARRIVESA

141

14

SAME SIGNALARRIVES AT 13;

T SECONDS DS LATER

Page 150: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

142

6

back simultaneously. We hear two voices, one being the "echo" ofthe other.

. Now suppose that we have a device that allows us to delay thevignal coming out of tape recorder A by' an amount that -is accu-,kately indicated by a meter attached to the delay device. We adjustthe delay from tape recorder A until the two voice signals are syn-chronizedf-that is, until the echo has disappeared. The amount ofdelay required to hring the two voices into synchronism is pre-cisely the delay, T, MI-responding to the extra distance the signalmust travel on its way to antenna 13, with respect to antenna A.

We stated that we knew the locations of the satellite and of Aand B. This is enough information to calculate T: Suppose T is cal-culated to be 100 nanoseconds, but that the delay we measure toget rid of the echo is 90 nanoseconds. We are now confrontedwith a problem. Either the locations of the satellite and of A andB that we used to calculate T are in error, or the atomic clocks atA andt-mtVilot synchronized.

We heck and find that/the grrnd stations and satellite '1nOsitions are not in error. Therefore, we conclude that the 10 .

nanoseconds error is due to the fact that the clocks are not syn-chronized. In fact; they must be out of synchronization by 10 nano-seconds. We now have a new means of synchronizing clocks.

We can also turn this situation around. ,Suppose we know forcertain that the clocks are synchronized, and we also know theposition of the satellite accurately. By combining signals recordedat A and B, we can determine what the A-B separation must be togive the measur0 time lag. Work is 'now underway to utilize justsuch--jechniques \ but with radio -stars instead of satellitestomeAure'the distance between distant parts of the su4, ce of theearth to a few centimeters. Such measurements mai0 give newinsight into erth crust movements and deformations that may be

, cracial for the prediction of earthquakes.The uses to which' the relationships of time, frequency, and

astronomy may be .put are far reaching, and we probably haveseen only the beginning.

Page 151: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

'1.

Chapter2 3 .4 5 6 7 -,

9 10 11 12 13 14la 16 .17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829.30 31

CLOCKWORKAND

FEEDBACK

Automation is a cornerstone of modern industrial society. In asense the clock planted the seed, of automation, since its mechanismsolves most of the problems associated with building any kind ofmechanical device whose, sequence of steps is controlled by eachpreceding step.

it good example is the automatic washi g machine. Most suchmachines have a "timer" that initiates v ous phases of the washcycle and also controls the duration of ..each pha4e. The timer *ay"instruct" the tub to fill for 2 minutes, wash forJ 8 minutes, drain,perform various spray-rinse onerations, fill again and rinse, andfilially spin-dry for 4 minutes. In most niachines the operator canexercise some control over the number and dration of thesephases. But unless there is some such interferenc, once the wash

-etcycle is started,. the timer and 'its associated control componentsare oblivious to happening in the outside world;

OPEN-LOOP SYSTEMS

A control system such as that in an automatic clothes or dishwashing machine is called an "open-loop" system, whose maincharacteristic is that once the process i started,, it proceedsthrough a preestablished pattern at a specifi rate. Otherexam-ples of devices utilizing open-loop control .syste are peanu vend-

,_'

ing machines, music boxes, and player pianos. h such machineIs under the control of a clockwork-like niechanisin'tifat proceeds -

Merrily along, oblivious to the rest of the worldlike the broom inthe story, "The Sorcerer's ,Apprentice," that brings in buckethitafter bucketful of.wat 'even though the house.is, inundated.

4U

4r

ti

Page 152: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

144

ELECTRIC EYEACTIVATED BYSUNLIGHT TbTURN OFFSTREET LlaNT

CLOSED-LOOP SYSTEMSAnother iinportant kind of control system, called a "closed-

loop" system, employs feedback. An example is a network of citystreet lights activated by a signal from an "electric eye." During,the daylight hours, the electric eye detects the presence of sunlightand produces, a signal that is "fed batik " to a controlling mecha-nism that keeps the lights turned off.' At night the lack of sunlightthrough the electric eye "instructs" the control system to turn thelights on and keep them on. This system, with its feedback, auto-matically adjusts for the change in the length of the day 'through-

' out the seasons. We have 'already encountered other, systems withfeedback, or self-regulating systems, in Chapter 2, and again inChapter 5, in the discussion of atomic clocks.

Systems utilizing feedback are dependent upon time,and fre-quency concepts in a number of ways. We shall explore these insome depth by considering 'the operation of a radar system thattracks the path of an airplane. Such tracking systems were devel-oped during World War II and were used for the automatic aimingOf anti-aircraft guns. Today, tracking radars are used extensivelyin...4 variety of wayssuch as tracking storms, civilian aircraft;and even bird migrations.

The operational principle of the tracking system is quitesimple. A "string" of radar (radio) pulses is transmitted from aradar antenna. If a pulse of radio energy hits an airplane, it isrifflected back to the radar antenna, now acting as a receivingantenna. This reflected signal, or radar echo, indicates to the radarsystem the presence of, an airplane. If the echo signal strengthincreases with time, the airplane is moving in toward the center ofthe radar beam; and if the echo signal strength is decreasing; tieairplane is moving,out of the radar beam

This change of echo signal strength with time is fed back tosome deVice--perhaps a computer which interprets the echosignal and then "instructs" the radar antenna to point t ward theairplane. It all 'sounds very simple, but, as usual, 9.tere are prob-lems.

The Response TimeThe antenna does not respond immediately to than es in the

:direction of the airplane's flight, for a number of re sons. .Theinertia associated with the mass of the antenna keeps it frommoving at an instant's notice. It-also takes time for the computer

t to interpret the echo signal; and of course there is the delay associ-ated with the travel time of the radar signal itself; td the airplaneand back.

These difficulties bring out an important time concept relatedto feedback 'systemsnamely the "system-response -time."'"Evenhuman beings are subject to this delayed response time, which' istypically about 0.3 second. In dinosaurs the problem was particu-

- larly serious; a dinosaur 30 meters long would take almost a fullsecond to react to some danger near its tail if it weren't for an"assistant brain" near the base of its spine!

Page 153: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

In our,own?oiAmple, if the system-response time is ton long,the plane may more out Of thesradar. -beam .before the antennatakes a corrective action. The best information in the world is offittlense if it is ndt applied in time.

Systeni Magnification or Gain- . '_

The accurate' tracking of an airplane really depends `upon theinterplay between two factors-,-the response time just mentioned,and the magnification or gdin of the feedback systern...,,,

We can easily understand thiS interplay by, Considering theproblem otlooking at an airplane through .a telescope. At loW meg-

.nification, or low toles e -"gain?4he airplane covets smallonly a mallportion of the-total-field 'f vjew'of the telescope. Ii .the plane takesa sudden turn, we can easilY,redirect the telesCope before the-plane

.`disappears from vie*.But with high telescope magrifficationothe plane '11 cover a

larger portion of tie total, field of view. In fact, We may be able tosee only a portion of the kpjane, ;welch as the tail section, .but ingreat detail. With high" magnification, then, we may not be able to .redirect the telescope befOre the plane disappears from view.

These observations bring us to the-cwicluSion that if we wantto track an airplane successfully with a high-magnification brhigh-gain telescope, we mitlt be able 'to react quickly. That is, wemust have a short reepoee time With lovviOr magnification, wedon't have to react so 'quickly. The qbvions advantage Of high mag-nification, from the point of kiew of tracking; is that we are able,to track the airplane wfth greater accuracy than with IOW magnifi-cation. Or to put it diffeqntly, -if the. telescope is not pointeddirectly toward the airplane, we won't see it With lower magnifi-

',cation there Is a certain amount ok latitude in .pointing the- tele-scope while shill keeping the plane in view which means that theIblescope may of be pointed squarely at the plane.

These prinaples of the telescope apply to a radar trackingantenna. The radar radio signal spreads out as a beam from theradar antenna. Depending upon the, construction of the antenna,the beam rimy be, narrow or wide, just as a flashlight beam may benarrow or wide. With A narrow beam, all of the radio energy iscontentrated and travels in nearly the same direction: If the beamstrikes an ogject, such as the. metal surface of an airplane, strongechoes are reffectectback to the radar antenna. -

. On the Oiler hand,. we Will get no )refletiodg . at, all from ,objects in the vicinity of the airplane, since they are missed by thenarrow radar beam. With. a wide radai beam, the energy is more'disPersd, so 'we will get only weak reflections, but frOm objectslocated Tirotighout a larger, volume of space.

Th the : narrow -beam jadar 'corresponds to the high-magn,ifi-,

cation t escope, since it gives good' inforniation about a -Small"volume of space,- whereas the wide-beam radar corresponds to the'low - magnifications telescope, since we get less detailed informationAbout a tlarger volume of SPace.' With the narrow-beam radar the,tracking`systern"rhust react quickly to_chanies.in.direction of theii

145

WIDE BEAM=LOW MAGPJ

BEAMICATI.C/N,

-NARROW BEAM=HIGH MAGNIFICATION'

ti

Page 154: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

140

S5J6

Airplane; otherwise the plane may fly out of the beam. And withthe wide-beam antenna, more time is available to redirect theantenna before the echoes stop.

Obviously the narroW-beamhigh-gaintracking antennadoes a better job of following the path of the airplane, but theprice to be paid is that the system must, respond quickly to changesin direction of the plane; otherwise, the airplane may be lost fromview.

Recognizing the SignalThere is 'another kind of difficulty that the radar tracking

system may encounter. Not all signals reaching the radar antennaare return echoes from the airplane we are interested in tracking.There may be "noise" from lightning flashes, or 'reflections from /

9 other airplanes, or perhaps even certain kinds of cloud formations .,4These extraneous signals all serve to confUse the tracking system.

the antelna is to follow the plane accurately, it must utilize onlythe desired/echo signals and screen out and discard all others.

It is at this point that another time and frequency concept,primarily mathematical in nature, comes to (mi. aid. As we shallsee, this mathemathical deYelopment allowNus to diSsect the radar

' signilor any other signal--:-.info -a number of simple components.The dissection gives us insight into its "inner construction," and ,

such informatiOn will be invaluable in _our task' of separating thedesired signal from extraneous signals hnd noise.°Ps-4,

ec.40A

SECONDS0.10i 0.20 0.30 0.40

Aryl

SAMEFREQUENCY,

DIFFERENT

AMPLITUDES

.

SAMEAVPLITU DE,

DIFFERENT

FitOUELICIES

Fourier's "Tinker Toys"The mathematician most respon

the ideas was a Frenchman by the na e of J. 13. J. Fourier, wholived in,the early part of the 19th Ce ury. Fourier's developmentled to a very' profound idea gamely, that almost any shape ofsignal that conveys information can be dissected into a

encounteredsimpler signals called sine waves. We have already encounteredsine waves a number of dines in this book, but we haven't calledthitim that. Sine waves' are very intimately 'related to devices thlifvibrate, ter swing back and forth:. For example, if we trace out the

.fswinghig motionof a pendulum on a moving piece of paper, wehave a sine waie.

This sine wave has. two important characteristics. First, it hasan amplitude indicated by the length of the arrow marked A; andsecond, it has a gattern that repeats itself once each cycle. Thenumber of cycles'per second is the frequency, of the sine wave; andthe length of. a particular cycle, in seconds, is the period of thesine wave. In our example there are ten cycles each second, so thefrequency is ten cycles per second; or Hz. And the period is,therefore, 0.1 second. We can have sets of sine waves- all with thesame frequency but with differing amplitudes; or sets with differ-ing frequencies, but all with the same amplitude; or sets with dif-fering amplitudes and differing frequencies.

Fourier discovered that with' the. proper set of sine waves ofdiffering amplitudes and frequencies, he could construct a Signal of

le for the development of

Page 155: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

0

almost any shape. We can think of sine waves as the "tinker toys'out of .which we can construct different signals. Let's see how thisworks.

Suppose we'd like to construct a .signal with a square waveshape, like the-one shcwn in the sketch. Since each cycle of thesquare wave is identical to its neighbors, we need consider onlyhow to build one square-wave cycle; all others will be constructedfrom the same recipe. The sketch shows one cycle of the squarewave 'magnified. The sine wa/e marked "A" approximates theshape of the square wave; and if we were for some strange reasonrestricted to only one sine wave in our. building of the squarewave, this is the one we should pick.

In a sense this particular Sind wave represents to the commu-nications engineer what a roughed-out piece of marble representsto the sculptors and further additions of sine waves representrefinements- of the square wave in the same sense that furtherwork o the marble brings out details of the statue. By adding thesine waves B and C to A, we get the, signal marked D, which, aswe see, is an even closer approximation to the square wave. Thisprobes of adding or superimposing sine waves is similar to whathappe when ocean waves of different wave lengths cometogether; the merging ocean waves produce a new wave, whosedetailed characteristics depend upon the properties of the original.constituent 'ocean waves. - -

If we wishea,,NwVcould add even more sine waves to A;besides B and C, and obtain an even closer approximation to asquare wave. Fourier's recipe tells us precisely what sine waves weneed to add. We shall not go into thefletails here, but as a rule ofthumb, we can make a general observation: If our signal is veryshortsuch, as a pulse of energy one microsecond longthen ittakes many sine waves covering a wide range of fiiequencies toconstruct the pulse. If, on the other hand, the signal is long anddoes not change erratically in shape, then we can get by withfewer sine waves covering a narrower range of frequencies.

This concept of relating ,pulse length to range of frequenciesis also the mathematical underpinning for the subject we coveredin Chapter 4, decay timewhich is (one divided by the frequency

1 c-,/

147

4

Page 156: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

148

t

LO Si CAJAL TIME' FREQUENCY

SMALL RANGEOF FREQUENCIES

SHORT SIGNAL TIME SROA RANGEOF FREQUENCIES

FREQUENCY

,width of the resonance curve. We recall that a pendulum with along decay time, because of low friction, will respond only topushes at rates corresponding to a narrow range of frequencies ator near its own natural frequency! In a similar athematical

,, sense, a radar signal that lasts for a long tune --in a nse, thathas a long decay tine. --can be constructed from sine wa s cover=

`t in a nary w range of frequencies 'radio pulse 'aging only &.-`"' hshor while orresponding to A pendulum with- a-s ort decay time

equ es sine waves covering a broad range of frequenciesinsame sense that a pendulum With a short decay time will

to pushes covering a broad range of frequencies..

P 1 . Finding = Signal , s .

Now we must relate Fourier's 40kovery to the. problem of 'extracting weak radar-echo signals from a noisy background. Theproblem is somewhat similar to building a 'cage to trap Mice,where the mice play the role of the radar echo signal and the-cage-.is the radar receiver. One of the most obvious things to do is tomake the trap door into the cage only big enough to let in mice"and to keep out rats, cats, and dogs. This corresponds to letting 'inonly that range of fre \encies necessary to, make up the radarsignal we are trying to ' pture." To let in a wider range of fre-quencies won't make our signal any stronger, and it ijnay let inmore, noiserats and catswhich will only serve to confuse thesituation. '

,..:,,.

vit

JOHN)ROBB

Page 157: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

But Fourier's discovery suggests how we canibuild an evenbetter radar receiver that wilt not only'keep out rats and cats, buthamsters too, which are the'same size as mice. That is, Fouriertells us how to separate signals of different shapes, even thoughthey can be constructed from different "bundles" of sine wavescovering the smile range of frequencies.

The length of the signal primarily determines'the frequencyrange of thv sine waves that we need to build the signal, butwithin this range we can have many bundles of sine waves to con-struct marry different kinds of signals simply by adding togethersine waves with different \frequencies, amplitudes, and phases. Togo back to the tinker-toy analogy, we can build many differentkinds of figuressignalsfrom tinker, toys that are all restrictedto a given range oflengthsa certain range of frequencies.

. We construct our radar receiver system not oily to let in the.correct range of frequencies, but also to give favorable treatmentto those sine waves that have the- amplitudes, frequencies, and.phases of exactly the set of eine, waves that make Up our radarsignal ;-in this way we can separate the mice from the hamsters.Only the very best radar receivers utilize this approach because itis usually expensive; and it requires a high level of. electronic cir-cuitry, v(hich relies helvily on time and frequency technology.

I MEMBER YOU

fblb

000

0

To complete the story, there is another approach to separatingthe mice from the haMsters, which is informationaHy equivalent tohe approach just descril3ed but which is different from an equip-

Ment point of view. It is called correlation detection of signals, andit simply means 'that the radar receive. has a "memory," and builtinto this memory is an.iniage of the siknal it is -looking for. Thusit can accept siknals that have the correct image, and reject thosethat have not. It is equivalent to the.systerrjust described becauseall of the electronic circuitry required to give favorable treatmentto the correct bundle of sine waves is equivalent, from an informa-tion point of viert,i to having an image of the desired signal builliinto the receiver.

e. ,Zjp-

149

a

'CORRELATION DETECTION

SIGNAL COMES OUT WHENRECEIVED SI6NAL ANDIMAGE" ATC.H

Page 158: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

150

CHOOSING A CONTR/SL SYSTEM

We have discussed two kinds of control systethsthe open-loop system, which churns along mindlessly in the face of anychahges in the vutside world; antl4the -closed-loop system, whichresponds to,13.anges in the outside world, As we have seen, bothsystems are intimately related in one way or another to time andfrequency concepts. But in terms of operation they are almost atopposite ends of the pole.

We might'wonder why the open-loop approach is used in someapplications and the closed-loop in others. Perhaps the most crucialtest relates to our completeness of knowledge of the process ormechanism that we wish to control. The process of washing clothesis straightforward and predictably the same from one' time to' thenext. First wash the clothes in detergent, and water, then rinse,then spin-dry. This predictability saggeSts the simpler, less expen-sive, -open-loop control system, which, as we know, is what is used.

But some processes are very sensitive to outside influencesthat are not predictable in advance. Driving to work every morn-ing between home and office building is very routinealmost tothe paint 'of being programable in advancebut not qu e. If anoncoming car swerves into our lane, we immediately app eciate thefull utility of closed-loop control because we can; we ope, takeaction to avoid a head-on colli4ion.

Sometimes the question of closed-loop versus oper-lo controlreduces to one of simplicity and economy., In the Street-lightsystem activated by an electric eye, for instance, we could, in prin-ciple at least,'achieve essentially the same goal with open-loop con-trol. Since sunrise and sunset times are very predictable well inadvance, we mig1 t49r.example, control the street lights bya com-puter_that each day fsSiculates _the_tiMe of sunrise and sunset, Butthis approach wOuld,WcOnsiderably- more eensive Mid complex-than simply using an electric, eye as Part of a closed-loop control -

system. Thus quite often we elect to use a closed-loop control, eventhough,-in principle, there are no unknowns that might affect thedesired goal. All factors, including available technology that cou)dbe included as part of a system, _must be considered, and costs andother considerations balanced against benefits. Each kind ofsystem has its'advantages and limitations. Both depend upon appli-cations of tiyie ttOd frequency irfformation and technology for theiroperation.

'1r 1"

OPEN LOOP ORCLOSED LOOP?

ECONOMICSTECHNOLOGYADVANTAGESLIM ITATIONS

Page 159: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

14.

Chapter1 2 8° 4* 5 7.8 10 11 12 -13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 2f 2829 36 31

TIME ASINFORMATION

- 'Many questions in science' and technology seek answers to

such details kas : When did it happen?- How long did it take? Didanything else happen at the same time, or perhaps at some relatedtime after? And finally, Where did it happen? We have alreadyseen from the point of.cliiiew of relativity that questions of whenapd where have no absolute answers; particularly ,at speedsaiiproadhing the speed of light, the separation between space andtime becomes blurred. But in our discussion here we shall assumethat speeds are loW, so the absolute distinction between_ space and

'timethat Newton visualizedholds.

THREE KINDS OF TIME INFORMATION REVISITED

The question of "when" something happened is identified withthe idea of dat\e: The question of "how long" it took is identifiedwith time inter61. And the question of "simultaneous occurrence"is identified with synchronizationas we discussed more fufly inChapter 1..

In science, the concept of date is particularly important if-wer o diverse events that may have

od of time. For example, we may bere, "wind speed, and direction measure-.is both upon and above the surface of

of weather forecasts, the concept ofsuch weather ,measurements because

ons gathering information at differentnd year, scattered over many continents.

are trying to relate a nuoccurred over a long pertaking temperature, 'pre'ssme4ts at a number of poithe (earth. For the purposdate is very convenient fo

,there are a number of pertimes of the day, month

151

Page 160: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

162

. '

Not t'o have one common scheme for assigning times to measure-ments is at least a.verytroublesorhe bookkeeping problem, and atworst could lead to comriltte uselessness of the time measurements.

On the 6thei---Pai;c1, we are caite often content t, crow simplywhether some , event occurred simultaneously with no her 'event,or after some regular delay. For example, the fact that a car radioalways fades when we drive under a steel overpass suggests somecause- and - effect -relationship whieh, at first glance at least; does

. not appear to be related to date. Although the fading and the/pass-ing under the steel structure occur simultaneously, we notice thesame effect at 8:20 on the morning January 9 that we do at 6 :30in the evening on April-24. An im rtant point is that the amountof time information needed to ecify synchronism is generallyless than that required to specify date, and we may be ablerachieve some economies by realizing the distinction 4oetwden, the

o.Finally, as we have rioted before, time interval.is the most

calize'd and restricted of the. three main concepts of timedate,synchronizaiom and timel,linterval. For example, we are quiteoften conceFned only about controlling the duration of a process. Aloaf of bread baked for 45 minute's in. the morning is just as goodas .one baked for 45 minutes at night, and a loaf baked for 3 hoursin the morning is just as burned as one baked for 3 hours at night.

To. -get a better handle on the information content of the threekinds time, let's return to the problem of boiling an egg. Sup-pose we have a` radio station that broadcasts a time tick once aminute, and nothing else. If we want to boilan egg for three min:-utes, such a broadcast is quite adequate. We simply drop an egginto boiling water upon hearing'a tick, and take it out after threemore ticks.

But let's suppose now that a next-door neighbor would like toprepare a three-minute egg, and for some strange reason he wouldlike to boil his egg -at the same time we are boiling ours. He canuse the radio time signal to make certain that he bOils the egg forthree minutes, but he can't use the signal to assure himself that hewill start his egg when we start ours. He needs some added infor-mation. We might arrange to flash our kitchen lights when westart our egg, whiCh will signal him to start his.

Page 161: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

qvv

But of course this wouldn't be a .very practical solution if,.:forsome even stranger reason, everyone in the whole town would liketo boil eggs whiF we boil ours. At this point it would be morepractical to include a voice announcement on the radio time signal,which simply says; "When you hear the next tick, drop your egginto the water." °

i.,;( We have now solved the simultaneity problem by adding extranformation to the broadcast, but even this son is not alto-

gether satisfactory, for it means that, everyone in the whole ,townmust keep his radio turned on all the time waiting for the

mannouncement saying, "Drop your egg into the water." A muchmore satisfactory arrangement' is to announce every hour that alleggs will be dropped into the ?Tater on February 13, 1977, at 9:0(PA.M.and to further expand the tithe broadcasts to includeannouncements of the date, say every five minutes.

Thus as we progress through the concepts of time interval,sitnultaneity or synchronism, and date, we see that the informationcontent of the broadcast signal must increase:In a more generalsense, we can say that as we move from the localized concept oftime, interval. to the generalized concept of date,.we mint supplymore information to achieve the desired. coordination. And asusual, We cannot get something for nothing.

TIME INFORMATIONSHORT AND LONG

Generally speaking, we associate time information with clocksand watches. Time intervalif the interval of interest is shorterthan half an hour or sois often measured with a stop watch.Where greater precision is required, e can use some sort of elec-tronic time-interval counter. But som kinds of time information'are either too long or too short to be e ured by conventionalmeans. In our discussion of Time and Astronomy we deduced anage for the universe from a combination of astronomical observa-tions and theory. Obviously, no clock has been around long enoughto measure directly such an enormous length of time.

There are also intervals of time that are too short to be meas-ured directly by clockseven electronic counters. For example,certain elementary atomic particles with names like mesons andmeans may live less than one billionth of a second before they turninto other particles.

If. we cannot measure such short times with existing clocks,how do we come to know or speak of such short intervals .of time?Again, we infer the time from someother measurement that we pan-make. Generally these particles are travelipg at speeds near thevelocity of light, or about 5 centimeters in a nanosecond (10-9 sec-ond). When such a particle travels through a material like photo-graphic film, called an emulsion, it leaves a track, the length ofwhich is a measure of the lifetime .okthe particle. Tracks as shortas 5 millionths Of a centimeter can be detected, so we infer lifetimes 'as short as '10-15 second. But we must restate tha e have notactually measured the time directlywe have only inferr it. ,

1.

r

't153

TRACK LENGTH IS AMEASURE OF PARTICAL

LIFETIME

Page 162: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

. .. .. . :. ."- :

154

PURE CARSON 14-

5000 YEARS LATER

.

.

10,000 YEARS LATER

We can imagine even shorter periods Of, time, such as the timeit would take a light signal to travel across the nucleus of a hydrogenatom about 10-24 second. Of course, we .can imagine even shortertimes, suCh as 10-12" secolnd. But no one knows for sure what suchshort periods of time mean, because no one has measured directly orindirectly such short times, and we are on_very uncertain ground ifwe attempt to extrapolate what happens over intervals of time thatwe can measure to intervals well beyond our measurement, capa-bility., The -question of whether time is continuous or comes in"lumps" like the-jerky motion ofthe second hand on a mechanicalwatch has occupied philosophers and scientists since the days ofthe Greeks. Some scientists have speculated that time exists and"passes" in discrete lumipts, like' energy. (See page 41.) Butothers think that time is cOtinuous, and that we can divide it 'nthas small pieces as we like, as long as we are clever enough to ba device to ido the job, but there is not yet sufficient evidence,decide between the two points of view.

GEOLOGICAL' TIME

ra

02....41111

INt,-0,

r-YMONLY

3,000,000.0 0 TRIASSICYEARSLEFT

JOH tJIZ:)813

We have already seen how, cosmological times have beeninferied. Here we shall discuss a technique that has shed a gooddeal of,light on the evolution of the earth and life it sustains.

:Againias always, we ,want to 'tie our time measurements to someor process that occua at a regular and predictable

rate, and has done so for a yery, long time. If we want to measuresomething over a long period of time, we should look-for some phe-nomenon that occurs at a very low rate, so 'that it won't have con-sumed itself before our measurement is complete.

One such process is related to" carbon 14, which is a radioac-tive form of carbon. Carbon 14 has a "half-life" of 5000 years.This means that if we took a lump of pure carbon 14 and looked atit 5000 years later, we would find that half of the original lumpwould still be radioactive, but the rest would have "decayed" tobecome ordinary carbon. After another 5000 years "the half thatwas radioactive would have been reduced again to half radioactiye

Page 163: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

and half non-radioactive carbon. In Other words, after 10,000 yearsthe lump would be 1/4 radioadtive carbon, and 8/1, ordinary carbon.

We see that we have a steady process where half of the radio-active carbon present at any particular time will have turned intoordinary carbon after 5000 years. Radioactive carbon 14 is pro-duced by cosmic rays striking the atmosphere of the earth. Someof this carbon 14 will eventually be assimilated by living plants inthe process of photosynthesis, and the plants will be eaten by ani-mals. So the carbon 14 eventually finds its way into all living orga-nisms. When the organism dies,- no further carbon 14 is taken in,

the residual carbon 14 decays with a half-life of about 5000years. By measuring the amount of radioactivity, then, it is possi-

e to estimate the elapsed time since the death of the organism, beit plant or animal.

Other substances have different half-lives. For example, a cer-twin kind of uranium has a half-life of about 10° years. In,this casethe ,uranium is turning not into non-radioactive-uranium, but intolead. By comparing the ratio of lead to uranium in certain rocks,scientists have come to the conclusion that some of these rocks areabout five billion .years old.

INTERCHANGING TIME AND LOCATION INFORMATIONAs we have said, quite often scientists are interested in where

something happens, as well as when it happens. To go- back to ourweather measurement, knowing where the weather data wereobtained is as important as knowing whpn they were obtained. Theequations that describe the motion of the atmosphere depend uponboth location and time information, and an error in either onereduces the-quality of Weather forecasts.

As a - simple_ illustration, let's suppose that a hurricane isobserved as moving 100 kilometers per hour in a northerly direc-tion at 8:00 A.M., and has just passed over a ship 200 kilometersoff the coast of Louisiana. ,Assuming that the storm keeps movingin the same direction at the same speed, it should arrive over NewOrleans two hours later, )it 10 :00 A.M. But .the warning forecastcould be in error for eitker or both of two simple reasons:" Theship's clock may be wrong, the ship may be either 'nearer to orfarther from the shore than its na igator,thought. In either case,the storm would arrive at New deans at .a 'ti o lleriTaan fore-cast, and the surprised citizen would ha no way of knowingwhich of the two possible error esponsible for the faultyforecast.

In actual practice, of course; there are other faCiors that, couldcause a wrong forecast; the 'storm might veer off in,...vme 'etherdirection, or its rate of movement might slacken' or adceferate.- Butthe example illustrates how errors in time or position or both cancontribute to faulty predictions; and naturally, the difficulty.described here also applies to any process that has both locationand time 'components. Thus we see another kind of interchangea-bility between time ancl4space that is distinct frojn. the .kind thatconcerned Einstein.

47)NEW ORLEANS

155

HURRICANE

Page 164: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

156

TIME AS STORED INFORMATION 9

An important elemept in the -prpgress of man's funderstandingof his universe has been his ability to store and transmit informa-tion. In primitive societies, information is relayed from one genek-ation to the next'through word of mouth and through various cere-monies and celebrations. In more advanced societies, information isstored in books, Icing-playing records and tape, microfilm, computermemories, and so forth. This information. is relayed by radio,'television broadcasts, and-other communication systems.

We have seen that .time is a form of information, but it is alsovery perishable because of its dynamic nature. It dies not'stand

. still," and therefoi'e cannot be stored in some dusty, corner. Wemust maintain it in some active device, which is generally called aclock. Some clocks do a better job of maintaining time than others.As we have seen, the best atomic clocks would not be in error bymore than* a second in 370,000 yearswhereas other clocks maylose or gain seyeral minutes a day, and may refuse to run alto-,gether after a few years. ,

Any clock's "memory" if time fades wifk time, but the rate ofthe fading differs with the quality of the clock. Radio broadcastsof time information serve to "refresh the clock's memory." Wehave already hit upon this point in our discussion of communica-tion systems in Chapter 7. We discussed high -speed communication'systems in which it is necessary to keep the various clocks in thesystem synchronized, so that thesmessages do not get? ost or jum-bled with other messages. We also stated that quite of n the com-munication system itself is used to keep the clOcks synchronized.But tkg transmission of time to keep clocks synchronized is reallya transmission of information, .go ff the clocks in a communicationsystem are of poor quality, a good bit of the iriformation capacityof the systeni must be used just to keep the clocks synchronized.

A particularly goo illustration of this process occurs in the,operation of television. the picture on a black-and-white televisionscreen really consists 61 a large number of holizontal lines thatvary intrightness. When Viewed from a distance the lines give theMuslin of,a homogeneous picture.

Page 165: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

The television signal is generated at the TV studio by a .TVcamera_ , which converts'the image of the scene at the studio into aiseries of short electrital signalsone for each line of -the picturedisplayed on the screen of the TV set: .The TV signal' also containsinformation that causes that portion of the TV picture being dis-played on the screen- to be "locked" to the same portion ofthe scene at the studio that is being scanned by the TV camera.That is, the signal in the Tv set is synchronized to the one in thecamera atfethe" studio. Thus the TV signal Contains not only pictureinformation, but time information as' well. In fact, a small, per-centage of the information capacity of a TV signal is utilized forjust Such timing information.

In principle, if TV sets all contained very good "clocks,"which were synchronized to the "clock" in the TV camera at thestudio,, it would be necessary only occasionally to reset the TVreceiver "clock" to the camera "clock." But as a practical matter,such high-quality clocks in TV sets would make them very 'expen-sive. So as an alternative there is a rather cheap clo'c4hich Mustbe reset with a "synchronization pulse," every 63 midoleconds, tokeep the'clocks running together.

THE QUALITY OF FRyQUENCY AND TIME INFORMATION

There is at present no otker physical quantity that can bemeasured as precisely as frequency. Frequency can be measuredwits a preci.Sion smaller than one part In one hundred thousandbillion. Since' time interval is the sum total of the periods of manyyibrattdns in the resonator in a clock, it too canbe measdred withvery great prdcision. Because these unique qualities of fre-.quency and time among all-other physical quantities, the-precisionand accuracyof any, kind .of - measurement can be greatlyirnproved4f,it can be relatedjn.soMe way to frequency and time

We have already seen an example -of this fact in the operationof:navigaiion 'systems in which Itim is converted to distance.Today considerable effort is being deibrted to translating measure-

. inent of other quantitiessuch as length, speed, temperature, mag-netic field, and voltage into a frequency meas W'r'nent. For exam.:ple, in one device frequency is related to voltage by the "Josephsoneffect," named ,for its discoverer Brian Josephson, at the time aBritish graduate student at.Oxford, Whd pared 4 1973 Nobel prizefor the discovery. A device called a. "Josephson junction,-" whichoperates at. very low temperatures, can convert a' microwave fre--quency to ,a-Voltage.:Since frequency can be measured with high

"-accuracy, the voltage produced by the,Josephson junction'is knownwith high accurad;ilfeerrOr is only about two parts hi. 100

ThVr-equency then series as a referftrice for voltage.A relatedapplication of this fact is that we may have, sortie-a .clevice that can serve as a standard for both length and

e. As we haveseen, the standard scconc. is based upon a reson-\gnt frequency of :the cesium atom. The internationally agreed-upon°standard of length is no longer based upon a ,platinum bar, but

°

I 62,t

157 .

IMAGE 'AT STUDIO. q"SEPARATEDHINTO MAN'HORIZONTAL SECTIONS

\ BY TV CAMERA

EACH 'SECTION ISCONVERTED IWTOA SHORT ELECTRYALSIGNAL

THE TIME

SIGNAL

THIS IS

OFPICTURE PARTSIGN

PART OF SK.MAL WHICHItEE9S THE PICTURE IN THE TV SETIN SIP WITH THE °MEAT THECAMERA

A, TV SET'SICWAL RUErrialat;n;Aufk,

THE SHORT ELECTR!CAL.SI6NALS

ARE "REASSEMEILED"AT THETV SET TO PRODUC.E A PICTURE

SIGNAL AT ernsw

MICROWAVE NcTIo tA46 ourFREQUENCY

Page 166: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

KE'E'PING

-1IT1

1,000,"-),4..

LIJ

6

-`

upon a wavelength of light from the element krypton. The meter isdefined as 1,650,763:73 wavelengths of an- orange-red light emis-sion ,that corresponds to a very high frequencyabout 50 milliontimes greater than the cesium atom's frequency=which cannot atthe'present time be measured directly. But considerable work is inprogress to establish a link connecting the' microwave frequenciesthat define time to the optical frequencies that defile length. "

110'

I'D LIKE I6S/2BILLION KRYPTON'WAVELENGTHS

BLUE RIBBON

With such a link, either standard could be used to define both'a length and a timinterval. That is, we .49uld have established atechnique for meal uring both the wavelength' and frequency, of the'same radiation. Whether such a standard would be derived from'signalg in the microwave region' or at higher frequenciek in the ,

optical region, remains, to be seen. Ultimately,. the decisio' willdepend on which approalch leads to a single standard that iS best inabsolute accuracy for bap frequency and length. v.

In t is and the previoqs chalitsrs Avehave been able to men-tion only .a few. of the many %ssociations

nbetween science and.tech-

nol the one hand, and time'on the other, It is clear, however,that the progress and advanceinent of science, technology, anddtimekeeping are intimately bound together, and at tim,41) it is noteven possible 'to make a clear 'distinction' between cause and effectin.the advancement of any one of the three. For the most part wehave attempted to emphasize those aspects of the'deyelopment' ofscience, "technology, and timekeeping,that are clearly established orat least well doutn-the road toward development. In the next andfinal chapter, we shall explore the generation, the dissemination; 3-

and the uses'of time that livnore hi the future than in the Present;,,Arhich, of course, means-that we shall be dealing more with spec2;-.ulations than with certainties..

.rt6

Page 167: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

159

t

We have called Time "the great organirr.'.; In a world that israpidly depleting its known natural resources, it is mandatory thatwe utiliie efficiently the resources-we have. ;Central to efficient useare planning, inforMation gathering, Oriaruzing, and monitoring.The support of these activitiesNrill make great'demands on timeand frebency,technology. M1

.

.4 Y e . ;, 1 1

USING. TIME TO INCREASE SPACE .'. .

We can think,of time.and frequency technolOky as oyiding agiant grid within; which we can file, keep track of, an retrieveinformation ,concerning the- flow of energy and materials. Thehigher;the leVel of our time and frequency technology, the _more wecan pack into the cells, 9: our, grid. Improving time.and. frequency I,

technology means'tbat the walls separating the cells .within thegrid can be made thfnner, thus providing more spacious cells. And .

at the same time we can identify more rapidly the 'location of anycell within the ssysteii-0 To explore this theMe icre Lshall once again tuuse transportation and co' Mmunication a5 examples., elIAs a safety measure, airplanes are surrounded by a yolume:ot; r3space, into which other planes are foibidden tt; fly. As the speed, of :I,. ,the plane increases, ,the Volune of this space increases proportion.-ately, much the sajne.way that driver of -a car almost automat: 1 ,

ieally leaves a larger spaxe'between hiffiself .and other cars, on thehighway as he incr ase his speed. Over, the years, the averagespeed and the num r planes in the air_ haVe increased dramati-cally, to the point t there are -severe problems in maintainingsafety in high-traffic areas.

.

,

CELL* FREMIEW.--r!mE.t,,

Page 168: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

160

PULSE

We have two choices : Either limit air traffic or in-kbitute betterair traffic control measureswhich, in' effect, means 'reducing thesize of the protedtive space around each plane. At,present newsys-tems are being explored that' will allow greater airplane densitywithout diminishirig safety,

PLANE A TRAVSN1 I TTS A PL1LSEPUL.51

0

CSA1ICEOSECCNJOS.

.

SIMPLE 'SIGNALCARRYING ONLYONE MESSAGE

WHICI-rARRIVES &MICRO NOSLATER AT:PLANE B.

SIMPLERECEIVER

)

One possible -System for collision av idance relies upon theexchange of pulSed radio signals betWe n. planes. Participatingplanes carry ,Synchronized clocks that "time" the transmission ofthe pulses. For' example, plane A might transmit a pulse arriving5 microsecon.ds later at plane B. As we kno\f,' radio- signals travelat about 300 meters in one microsecond; so -pfailes A and B areseparated by about 150 meters, This system puts a severe require-ment on maintaining interplane synchronization, since each nano-second of Clock synchronization error translates into one foot ofinterplane error. 'But with better, more reliable time and frequencytechnology, the safety-factor can he improved:

In -Chapter 11 we saw that high message-rate communicationsystems. rely heavily on time and ,irequency technology s thatmessages can be both-directed to and received atthe correct desti-nation. Many of,ghese messages travel in the form of broadcastradio signals, with different kinds,,,of radio "message traffic" being.assigned to-different parts of the radio frequency gpectrum.

Just as a protective space , is 'maintained around *rplanes,. aprotective frequency gap is maintained between r dio. els.And further, just as air space is limited; so is -radi "space." ecannot use the same piece of radio space for two different purposesat the same time.

To get the best use from the radio space, we would like topack as much information as possible into each channel, and welould like the protective frequency gap between charmers, to be asmall as possible. Better fr' equency information means that.we can

narroN34the gap between channels, since there is reduced likelihoodof signals. assigned to one radio channel driftiri-g over into another.

\Better time and frequency information together contribute to thepossibility of packing more almost error-free, information intoeaCh.channel bkemplOyingintricate coding scliemes.

SECONDS

1 63

Page 169: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

BREAKER, BREAKEk),.316FOOT /0---

jtST PASSED o'5MOKEY /N A

PLAIN.) VELLERWRAPPER-

:=0

The transportation and communication examples we have.

, .

cite can work no better than the underlying technology that sup -por them. \e may be able to generate high-rate messages andbuild high-weed airplanes by the hundreds, but,we canna launchthem into the "air" unless we can assure that they will arrive reli-

COMPLEX SiGNALab. ly and safely at heir appointed destinations.CARRYING WoPi M PIX

. the past the world has operated as thouglOt had .almost MESSAGES RECEIVER'infinite. air' space, infinite radio space, infinite energy, anfr raw TO DETECTmaierials.,We are now rapidly approaching the. point when the / AND SEPARATE

SI6NA I. DM

ay_ to plan an organize will be heavily strained. It is 'here, ,no -9infinite-4.esour e approximations are no longer valid, and our abil- ,.

DIFFERWTMESSAGF-S,

doubt, that time and frequency technologi_will be one of man'smost.valuable and useful tools.

. . . .TIME AND FREQUENCY INFORMATION.,--VKHOLESALE- ANDRETAIL,- . . ,

. The quality of time and frequency inforMation depends ulti-mately upon -two things-the quality of the clocks that generatethe information, and the fidelity, of tW information channels thatdisseminate the, information. There is'oiot much point in buildingbetter clocks if the lace of the clock i$.,...alyexed by a muddy °*,.ss.-In a'sense, we might think of the world's standards labs as thewholesalers of time, and the world's stanclard,time and frequencybroadcast .stations as 'the primary distribution channels to theusers of time at the retail level. Let's explore the possibility ofbetter dissemination'systems for the future. . 1.-

Tinie. DisseminationAt present the distribution of time and frequency information .,-

is a mixed, -bag. We have brOadcasts such as WWV, dedicated pri-marily to geminating time and frequenci informatiQn.k and We.have navigation signals such as Loran-C, which indirectly provide ,

' higfi:quality time information because the system itself cannotwork without it. The advantage of a) broadcast such as WWV is

181

1 /

,

Page 170: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

162

- 44that the time information is in a form that is optimiz for theusers. The signal contains tine ticks and voice annouric ents oftine in a readily usable forma of inforMatidd. The formats.ofgation signals, on the other hand, are optimized for the purposesof navigation, and time information is in a somewhat buried form,not so easily used.

From the viewpoint of efficient use of the radio spectrum, wewould like to have one signal lerve as many uses as possible. Butsuch a multi-purpose signal puts greater demands on the user. Hemust extract from the signal only that information of interest tohim, and then translate it into a form that serves his-purpose.

In theipast, the philosophy has generally been to broadcastinformation in a form that closely approximates the users' needs,so that processing at the users' end is minimized. This means thatthe receiving equipment can be relatively simple, and therefore'inexpensive. But such an approach is wasteful of the, radio spec-trum, which is a limited resource. Today, with the development oftransistors, la..rge-scale integrated circuits, and mini and microcomputers, complicated equipment of great sophistication can bebuilt at a, modest cost. This development opens the door to using ,radio space more efficiently, since the user can now afford theequipment required to extract and mold information to his ownneeds.'

We see that we have a trade-off between receiver complexityand efficient use of the radio spectrum. But there is another 'aspectof efficient use that we need to explore. The information contentitself, of a time information broadcast, is very low compared tomost kinds of signals because the Signal is so very predictable. Auser is not surprised to hear that the time is 12 minutes after thehour when he has just heard a mirinte before at the time 'was 11minutes after the hour. Furthermore, it important that all

CARTOON DELETED FROM THIS PAGE DUE TO COPYRIGHT, RESTRICTIONS.

4 Cv-

standard time and frequency stations broadcast the same ,inSorma-tion; we don't want different stations broadcasting different timePs

U

Page 171: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

scales,- and causing confusionAn fact- the, .nations of the worldtake great pains to see that all stations do broadcast the same timeas nearly as possible. But from -"an information standpoint, the

--broadcasts'arehighly redundant. ;. ---

This redundancy also creeps in, in another way. We don'talways' readily recognize that there- is a good deal of redundanttime information in, say, a broadcast frOm WWV and from aLoran-C station, because the formats of the .signals are so. vastlydifferent. This redundancy, of course,,is not accidental, but inten-tionalso that, among other reasons, time information can beextracted from Loran-C signals. There are many bther examples ofsystems that carry their own time information in a buried form.We have seen this irY the operation of television, where a part ofthe TV signal keeps the picture in the home receiver synchronizedwith the scene being scanned by the studio TV-camera.

We might ask whether it is necessary to broadcast, in effect,the same time information over and over in sp many different sys-tems. Why not have one time signal serve as a time reference forall other systems? Well, there could be advantages in such a plaBut suppose that one universal time and frequency utility sery sAll, and it momentarily fails. Then -all, other dependent .systemmay be in trouble unless they have some backup system.

There is no easy answer to the question of universal time andfrequency u lity versus many redundant systems. The former isobviously m re efficient for radio spectrum space, at the possiblecosts ,of es lating failure if the systems falter; whereas the latteris wastef of radio spectrum space, but it insures greater reliabil-ity of 05 eration.

or the immediate .future, satellites offer the promise of av y improved time signal of the type now offered by WWV. Aatellite broadcast could include the same information now pro-

vided by .WWVvoice announcements of the time, time ticks,standard audio tones, and so forth. ,And the satellite broadcastswould be enormously superior in terms of accuracy and reliability.A satellite time signal' is not subject to the same degree of pathdelay variation and signal fading that limits shortwave timebroadcasts; we could anticipate a thousand-fold increase in accu-racy of reception and practically no loss of signal except, perhapsfor malfunctions of the satellite. -

At the present time a radio frequency near 400 MHz has'beenreserved by international agreernenrfor the broadcast of a satellitetime signal, and considerable' effort is being made by variousrational .standards labs for the establishment Of satellite service.Perhaps in the not-too-distant future we can once again look to thesky for time information, as we did in earlier days when we lookedto the sun as our standard.

Clocks In.tlie FutureThe Atom's Inner Metronoine ,If we reflect for a moment on the history of the development

ofdocks, we notice a familiar pattern. First, some new approach

' 163

-4} SATELLITETIME.BROADCAST

Page 172: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

164

such as the pendulumor in more recent times the atomic resona-toris introduced. Because of the intrinsic qualities of the newresonator, a big step forward results. But no resonator is perfidy.'there is always Some problem to be overcome, whether it is com-pensating for variations in the length of the pendulum caused bytemperature fluctuations or reducing frequency perturbationscaused by collisions in atomic resona,tfirs. As each difficulty is sys-

A tematically removed,' further progress is -gained only with greater\PROGRE* $LOWi Q and greater effortwe have regielied a point of diminishing-

us returns. Finally we reach a plateau, 'end a "leap forward" requiressome radical new approaCh. But this by no means indicates that

PERiOlioF we are, in a position to' abandon the past when a new innovationRAPID ADVANCE comes thing. Usually the new rests on the old. The atomic clock of

today incorporates the quartz-crystal oscillator of yesterday, ant itNEW APPROACH - may be that tomorrow's clock will incorporate some versionINTRODucgO HERE today's atomic clock.

Our ability to build and improve clocks rests ultimately on ourunderstanding of the, laws of nature. Nature seems to operate onfour basic forces. The earth-sun clock depends upon the force ofgravity described within the framework of gravitational theory.The electrons in the atomic clock are under the influence of electricand magnetic forces, which are the subject of electromagnetic

FORCES theory. These tvVo forces formed tife basis of classical physics.GIRAVITAMDKJAL Modern physics recognizes that there are other kinds of forcesELECTROMA,GniETIC in nature. A complete underStanding of the decay of radioactiveWEAK elements into other elementq requires the introduction of the so-NUCLEAR called "weak force." We encouhtered this force when we employed

radioactive dating to determine the ,,,age of rocks and a ancientorganic material. The fourth and final force, according to our pres-en nderstanding, is the 7i*lear force, the force that holds then cleus of the atom together. Many scientists suspect that the fourforces are not independentthat there may be some underlyingconnection, particularly between electiomagnetic and weak forces,which will someday yield to a more powerful, universal theory.The technology of time and frequency will no doubt play an impor-tant part in unearthing new data required for the construction ofsuch a theory. At the same time, the science of keeping time willbenefit from this new, deeper insight into nature.

A technique that both gives insight into nature and, points topossible new ways of building even better clocks is based upon aremarkable discovery, in_ 19-58, by the German Physicist, R. L.Mossbauer, who later received a Nobel Prize for his work. Moss-bauer discovered that under certain conditions the nucleus of anatom emits- radiation with extreme frequency stability. The emis-sions are called gamma rays, and they are a high-energy form of es.electromagnetic wave, just as light is a lower energy form of elec-tromaihetism.

The Q of these gamma ray emissions is over 10 billion, coin-- pared to 10 million for the cesium oscillator described in Chapter5, These high-Q emissions have iitrmitted scientists to check

Page 173: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

directly the prediction of Einsteih that photons of light a 'sub-ject-to gravitational forces, even though they have no mass. Weencountered this effect when we discussed the .operation of.,clolocated near black holes.)

A photon falling toward the earth gains energy just as a fall-ping rock gains- kinetic energy with increasing speed. kowever, a

photon cannot' ncrease its speed, since it is already moving withthe speed of lightIthe highest speed possible, according,to relativ-ity. To° gain energy the photon must increase its freqUency becauselight energy is proportional to frequency. Using high-Q gammarays,- scientists haile verified Einstein's prediction, even though thedistance the photons traveled was less than 30 meters.

In. Chapter 5 we stated that as we go to higher and. higheremission frequencies prOduced by electrons jumping' betweenorbits, the time for spontaneous emissionor natural life timegets smaller and that it might eventuallylget so small that it would

11 (4f

165

be difficult to buil sit device to measure the'<udation. The 1?igh42gamma rays are roduced by jumping electrons traveling inorbits around the nucleus of the atom. They come from r e nucleusof the atom itself. The situation is similar to the' ra tion pro-duced by jumping electrons in the sense that the nu 'of theatom undergoes an internal rearangement, releasing Mina raysin the process. But the natural lifetime of these, nu ear emissionsis much longer than the equivalent atomic ,emissio at the samefrequency. This suggests that nuclear radiations may e candidatesfor good frequency.standards.

But there are two very difficult problems to overcome. First,'as we stated in our discussion of the possible combined time-and- ;length standard, we are just now approaching the point when wecan connect microwave frequencies to optical frequencies ; -and theability to make a c ion to gamma-ray frequenciessome 100thousand to 20 mi ion time higher in frequency than lightis notclose at hand. ond, we, m st find some way to produce ganura7ray signals in - ufficient stren h and purity to serve as the basis.for a resonant evice. We can' of be certain at this tithe that sucha gafnma -ray resonator will e basis for some new definition

3

Page 174: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

168

4-0

of the second, but the-discussion does point out that there are newavenues to be explored and that the possibility still exists forimProving the Q of cloCks.

PARTICLES FASTER THAN LIGHTAN ASIDE

We have touched upon the four basic forces in nature, and..Upon the theories associated with these forceS. Relativity theorysays that no object can be made to travel, faster than the speed oflight, Each small gain in the speed of an object requires greaterenergy input until, at the. speed of light, the energy input isinfinite.

But what about the possibility of particles that are alreadytraveling at speeds greater than the .speed-of light? These particleswere not pushed across the speed-terlight barrier; they have alwaysTMHY0 Nbeen on the other bide. Such particles have been named tachyons,andif they existthey must have some remarkable properties ifthey are to conform to man's present conception of the laws ofnature. For example,,tachyons gain in speed as hey lose energy.Tachyons at rest have an "imaginary" massthaq is amass which.iS,p.multiplied by V -1. The. symbol V -1 is well known to matre-Nmaticians and can easily be manipulated, but it does not correspond \

SPEED OF to something that can be measured. This does not present a riroblem.SPEW?

for tachyons, since they are 1-*er atrest and so there,is no imagi-nary mass to measure: JJ' But what does All of this have' to do with time? When tach-yons were first: diSCussed, they seemed to violate--Ifor observersmoving in a -Certain range of speed less than the speedroftwo cornerstones of physics: The law of causalitywhich saysThat cause always precedes effect (a timelike idee.)and the ideathat something cannot be created out of nothing. -

SufpOse we have two atoms, A and B. For obse verse movingin a critical range of speeds. it appears as though atom B absorbs anegative-energy tachyon before. it is emitted 11 atom Aa_ clearviolation of causality. .4

The zregative-ener -tachyon,suggests that-we can create par-ticles out of'nothing, o to speak. Acardinal-rule.of.ph3wicS is thai;mass/energy is co erved. system, with net4ro mass / qimust always have net, zero mass/energy. But with negative-gnergyeTarticles we can create energy Out of nothing and not violat con-,ervation of energy. For each new positive energy particle wereate, we also create its negative.energy cousin, so that, on bal-

ance, thezet energy is zero. 0,

Happily, a way out of this eemik dilemma was *tncl. LUt'..ssuppose that for thoseoobservel3 nfeiciins. in the critical speed rangewe interpret the obserirationgliffetitly: We say that instead of

' seeing a negative-energy tachybn being ablorbed by atorn B beforebeing emitted by atom A, they see, instead a positivelenergrtach-,yori being emitted by. B.And then absorbed by A.

search is. now on for tachyons, but to \date there-is no con-crete evidence that they exist. For the Present, the best vSse can say

1,

ti't

1

Page 175: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

-

°

is.that tachyons are the product of enlightened scientific imagina-tion. c,

I MADE I-T ALL OU OFLESS THAN NOTHING,

TIME SCALES OF THE FUTURE

The history of tiinekeeping has been the search for systemsthat keep time with greater an-d\greater uniformity. A point waseventually reached withe development of _atomic clocks wheretime generated by these devices was more uniform than that gen-erated' by the movement of the eartlrhround its own axisaround the sun. As we have seen, celestial navigation and agricul-ture depend for their timekeeping requirements upon -the -angleand the position of 'the earth with respect to the surd But commu-nication systems are not concerned about the position of the sunin the sky. For them, uniform time is the requirement.

As we have pointed chit, our present system foAkeeping timeUTC-- is a comproinise between theSe two pointm of view. Butwe seem to be moving in the direction of wanting uniform timemore than Vveaw, ant sun-earth time. Even navigators are, dependingmore and mo4 on,electronic nadigation systems. The need for 'theleap second may be severely 6hallenied at seine future date. Per-haps we shoulfljerthe difference between, earth time and atomictime accumulAe, al make corrections only every 100 yeArsorperhafps every- 1000 years. fter all, we make adjustments of evengre magnitude twice e ry yew, switching back and forth

tween standard and 'daylig t-saving time: But ,before we con- 7-clu that pure atomic time is just-around the -c6rner, we can look

:back to other attempts to change time and be Assured that no rpoclufions are likely.

_) ).The Question of Labeling:A Secohd is a Second isa Second -

More and more of the world is going to a measurementstem baged upon 10 and powers of. 10: For example 100 centime-

ters equal, a meter, alt,d'apoo. meters equal-' kilometer. But..whatabout a system wheie 100 seconds equal an hour, ,10 hours equalone daiy, and s9 forth? Subunits of ,the second_ are .alrekly calcu-

dated on tale i ecimal systerh, with..milliseconds (0.001 sedond) andof'

167

Page 176: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

188

1

I

9

microseconds (0.000 000 1 second), for example. In-the other direc-tion we' might have the "deciday"one deciday equals 2.4 hours;the "centiday"-14 minutes and 24 seconds; and the "milliday"

,-,

86.4 seconds.The i e he decimalized clock is not new. In fact, it- was

introduced into France in -1793; and, as we might imagine, wasmet with anything but "E verwhelming acceptance. The reforrhlasted less than one year.'

Will we someday have decimal time? Possibly. But the answertothis question is more in the realm of politics and psychologyaswell as econoinicsthan in technology.

41t.J

Time Through the AgesReality .is flux and change.' "You cannot step twice into the

same river, ,for fres aterg are -

ever Towing ,in uHeraclitus 535-47(

Tirtve,, involves measure and Tifireiith-i "numerical aspect oforder. motion with respect to its suc-

&Five parts." .Aristotle 384-322 B.C."Absolute, true and mathematicaltime, itself and from its ownnature, flows without relation toanything external."Newton 1642-1727"There is no absolute relation inspace, and no absolute relation intime between two events, butthere is an absolute relation inspa and time . .

Einstein 1879-1955 ",

Time and space are abso-..

lute and separate.

Time and space are relative.

WHAT IS TIME---41EALLY?

We have seen that there are almbst as ,many conceptions oftime as there are people who think about it. But what is timereally? Einstein pondered this pioblem when he 'considered New-

.. ton's statements about absolute space and abiolute time: The ideaof speedso. many-miles° or kilometers per hour--incorDprates_both space distance--and time. If there is absolute space. andabsolute time, is there then absolute speedwith respect to noth-ing? We.know what it means to say that an automobile is movingat 80- kilometers per hour with respect to the ground; the grouudprpvides a frathe of reference. But how can we measure speed

t with respect to nothing? Yet Newton was implying just,this sortL- of thing when he spoke of .absolute space and time. J -

Einstein recognized this difficulty. Space and time are Mean- /ingful only in terms of so frame of reference such as that-pro-vided by measuring st. and clocks, not by empty space. Withoutsuch f4ames of refe ce, time and space are meainingless goncepts.To avoid meaningl oncepts; scientisis_try to define their basic

1 .

Page 177: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

concepts in terms of operations. That is, what we think abou,t timeis less important to defining it than how we measure 'it. The opera-tion may be an experimental measurementNr it may be a statement'.to the effect that if we want to know how long a second is, webuild a machine that adds up so many periods of a certain vibra-tion of the,cesinm atom.

For scientists, at least, this operational approach to definitidnsavoids a °good deal, of confusion and misunderstanding. B41 if his-tory is our guide, the last word is not yet in. And even if t were,time may still be beyond our firm grasp. In the words of J.,B. S.

_ialdane--

"The universe is not only queerer than we imagine,but it is queerer than we can imagine."

e

189

Page 178: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

170

Some` suggestions for further readingJ. Bro'nowski: The Ascent of Man (British Broadcasting Corporation, 1973).P. C. W. Dairies: The Physics of Time Asymmetrg (University of California Press, 1974).Donald De Carle: Horology (Dover Publications, 1065) .

Richard Feynmah: The Character of Physical Law (The M.I:T. Press, 1965):Walter R. Fucks: Physics for the. Modern Mind NaclyIillan Co., 1967Y.Samuel A. qoutisMit and Robert Claiborne: Time (Time-Life Books, 1969):J. B.griestley; _Man and Time (DOubleday 1964).Richard Schlegel : Time and the Physical World (Michigan State, 1961). -

Albert E. Waugh { Sundials: Their. Theory and Construction (Dover Publications, Inc. -1973).,

itrow: The Natural Philosophy of Time. (Harper, 1961).

to

C

t

1 .1.

9.

' .

Page 179: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

A

Acceleration, 118, 121Accuracy, 35, 50, 53, 55, 69, 71-72, 157; radio

time signals, 74-75; watches, 53 ,

. Aircraft collision avoidarice systems, 6,'159Air traffic control measures, 159Ambler, Ernest, 133Ammonia molecule, 42, 43Ammonia resonator, 42, 45Amplitude 34Anderson, Carl, 133Antiparticles, 133Astronomy and time, 7, 64, 69, 72, 123Astronomic data, 7, 72, 97, 135, .

.

.., Atomic clop , 13, 14, 62, 66, 69, 72, 84, 130-131,135, 141, 1 4

.....Atomic clocks, portable, 54, 72Atomic frequency standard, 54-55, 66, 69,,77, 139Atomic resonators, 14, 48 -

Atomic second, 45, 66,,95, 130, 157Atomic time, 65, 66, 87, 89;123, 131,Atomic time scale, 97 '

d

' Atoms, cesium, 13, 14, 43-44, 95 ; hydrogen, 12,42, 47; krypton, 95, 158; lifetime, 129; nitro-gen, 42; resonance, 12; 41; rubidium, 13, 14

Automation, 143

INDEX

Autumnal. equinox, 67

B.Bain, Alexander, 72

alance wheel, 12, 14, 27, 52Balance wheel clack, 27

' "Big-bang" theory, 136Biological time, 7Black holes, 139Bohr, Niels, 41, 140Boulder, Colorado, 55, 69, 79, 85Bureau International de l'Heure

70

"..0

(BIH), 66x 69,

Calculus, .113-115, 118; differential, 115, 117,4.11-8-119, 120 ; integral, 115, 120-121Cdlendar, 59; Aztec, 7; Gregorian, 60; history

of, 7; Julian, 60 ; Mayan, 7Carbon 14 dating, 7, 135, 154,4164 fioCarrier frequencies, 80, 82 .

Celestial equator, 67Cesium atom, 13,.14, 36, 46-44, .46, t6, 95,°157CesiuM atomic clock, portable, ayCesium-beam atomic frequency standard 10, ,44,

47, 95 , '97; cost, 54 ; portahle,.54, 72Cesium-beam oscillator, 47Cesium -hedm tithe resonators, 45, 47, 48129°Change conjugation ("C") invariance, 1hronometer, 20-21 -

1 7

Christenson, J. 1-1,, 134"C',' invariance, 133Clocks, ancient, 7, 26; atomic (see Atomic clock) ;

balance wheel, 27; electric,. 16, 100, mechanical,16, 26, 39, 40; natural, 7; pendulum (see Pen-dulum clock) ; qiiartz crystal (see 'Quartz-crystal clock)

Closed-loop systems, 144, 150Code of Federal Regidations-Radio ;Broadcast

Services, 97Communication system, 9, 107; electronic, 6, 99-

101 ; high speed, 103, 156, 160°Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)- 65, 66, 69,

72"CP" invariance, 134Crown wheel, 26

D

Date, 14, 94-95, 108, 151; definition, 5Date line; 93-94Daylight- saving time, 91, 93, 67, 167Decay time, 3335, 45, 48, 129, 148; cesium atom,

45; hydrogen atom, 47Dedimal time, 168DesCartes, Rene, 3Differentiation, 115Dirac, Paul, .133Direclion and speed, 116, 118-121Diversity, frequency, 84; space, 84'; time, 84Doppler curve, 106Doppler effect, 106, it'sDoppler shift, 43,,r215Doppler signa , 106Dowciefrles dinand, 91

s,

-4,

E z ti

as'

Earth r tation, 16, 62; 63, 6.f3, 69Earth- un clock, 14-15, 164; in'stab'ility, 16'Earth-sun time, 11, 167Earth time, t 5, 66Ecliptic, 67Einstein, Albert 122, 123, 124, 128, 136, 165Electric power and time, 99-102, 107Electromagnetic fOrce 133, 164 o

Electronic communcation systems, 6Electronic navigation systems, 6, 104,-167Entropy, 127Ephemeris second; 64, 130Ephemeris-tine (ET), 64-65; 130-431Escabement,,11, 52; anchor, 50 ; 'vergea,6,Etiler, Leonard, 122Evolution, theories of, "hig;barig," 136; 6`steady

state," 137, ,/

oY

-f -

FaCiO, Nicholas, 50Federal Communicatans Commissfon (FCC), 97

a

Page 180: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

172

eedback systems, 37., 42, 43, 144Flamstead, John, 62"Flicker" noise, 36Flying clocks, 72Foliot, 26, 49-Fourier, J. B. 146-148Frequency', 9, 13, 36, 41; ammonia moledle; 424

atomic, 41; eleotrid power and, 100 ;-measu7-inent, 9, 157; phase and, 1004 photon, 165; ..radi6 signals, 78, 79 ; sine waves, 149,-149

Frequency di*E,sity, 84Frequency divnlOn.multiplexing, 103Frequency-energy relationshi6 30Freauenby standard, 54-55, 66, 69, 97Fusee, 12

GI _

Galileo, 27, 113, 11,5, 116J47Gamma -ray resonator 165Gamma rays, 164"G" constant, 130Geodegy, 5Geoiogical time, 7, 154Geometry, 114Gravitation, law of, 121Gravitational clocks, see Pendulum-clocksGravitational ("G") constant, 130Gravjtationalpill, 121, 125, 130 .

'Gravitational second, see Ephemeris secondGravitational time, 130-131Greenwich, England, 19, 20, 93@round wave radip signals, 80-81

H

Halley, Edmund, 62,HamiltOn, William, 122Harrison;lohn, 20Harrison, William, -.)

Hayward, rtiem., 133Henlein, Robert, 49 ,Hertz, 12-13, 34; definition, 13H'e,. Hein rizIl% 13High frequenWIIIP.) radio systems, 81High message -rate communication' systrns, 108,

156, 160- -HightX2 gamma rays, 165 .

HighiQ resonators, 32-37 ; feedback systena, 37;

,

Hodkp, Robert, 27, 49 .Hoppes, D. D.; 133 ')Hubble, EdVvin, 136Hudson, R. P., 133.Huygens; -Christian; 27:50

°Hydx4g-en atom,/12, 42;47;128Hyd gen maser, 46=47; 12.3

.

aft._ ',Ingersoll, R. IL, 51T' integrated-circuit, 52 .

1'

Integration. ris, 117International Atomic Scale (TAD ,-70

,' InternAional Mate Line, 93-94International Geophysical Year, 76Ionosphere, 75, 79-80, 81,Ionosplieric (Sky)1" wave radio signals; 80-81

I

Teweled bearings, 50, 51Josephson, Brian, 157JosephSon effect,"157

,JosePhsonjunction, 157

K ,

Kelvin, -Lord, i35Kinetic Eneigy, 39

.1 Knots (nautical), defined; 26Krypton atom; 95, 158'

L

Lagrange, tails, 122Latitude, 18

-Lean second, 66Leap year, 66Lee; T. D., 132, 133 ,

Leibnitz, Gottfried Wilhelm von, 121Left-hand, right-hand symmetry, 133Longitude, 19, 20Loran-C navigation system, 80, 34,, 105,- 161463;Low-trequency (LF) broadcast; systems, 80 .

Low-frequency navigation-gystems, 77Low-Q resonator,-31, 33-34

.

A t.

1

Magnetization, 44, 52; cesium gtom,,-43-14, _

Marrison, Warren_A),_40 S

Maser, hydrogen, 47 a ,

Master clock (NBS), '82 :Mathematics, 113, 115, 122,4.32, 166Mechanical clocks, .16, 26, 39, .

Medicine-Wheel, ming, 7Medium frequency (M ) radio signals, 81Mesons, 153 °

Microsecond, 9 ,

Micntwave Amplification by Stimulated EITTISS1(of Radiation (MASER), 47 "' .

Microwave'radio signals, 42,.43 44, 46, 47,', .1

Molecules, 41; ammonia, 42.Morse, 'Samuel F. B., 72MObsbauer, 164Mullard Radio Observato Cambridge Univer-

sity, 137 °

Muons, 153 -Musical instrarnents;:l

N

Nanosecond, 9 ,

Narrow-beam radar; 145National Bureau 'of Standards (N 13;_ 42, 69,

Page 181: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

73:84, 97, 133 der, Colorado, 55, 85.; FortCollins; Cojorado, 85; 'Gaithersburg, Maryland,11; Washingbin, D.C., 7 ,'133

. National Frequency StanNavigation1:5, 18-19, 97N-aiTigation systems, 6; .1.8, 77, 104; electronic,

104, 167; .Loran-C,- 80, 84, 105,-

Q 0,

-173.

WRY ("Q") factor, 31, .33, 36, 45; cesium85 .csonatOr, 45, 47, 48, 12f1; gamMa: Jays, 164;

hydrogen atom, 47; limitation, 37; rubidiumoscillator, 46; watclis, 52

quantum Mechanics, 41, 42, 47, 122, 123, 128,430-162 -163 ;- low-; frequeficy; 77; Omega, 405; radio, 104; satePlite, 105,106, stellar, 18-19, 104

NBt atotnic frequency standards, 54-5566 69,.77, 89. cost, 55 .

NRS Time and Frequency Diviiion, 73tune and frequency-tervi, 55, 73

t`Miti4roir stars, 137,.138 s,' 'com11,_Sittion, 62 0

:Ncetvgrange, . ,

Issac; 3, . '41, 114; law.s.' of gravitation,130; laws.of Motion, 65, 115; 124; 138

Nitrogen atom, 42NipfSe.,/- additive, 83; definitictn of, 83; diversity,

, .

;83; ..,s!flicic.er," 36 multiplicativ0.83 ; satellites,

Pole, 18;, 1962, .-

Sar, 18,19, 20'4 N.dclear force; 1,64

.1tri '

Dtnega na,. ga00 sigtem, 105- Obeii-loop'sYst.. , 143, 155. ''. .0s!' . 0Scillators, 29,, 34, (37 ;,..atoynic clocks,- 42; feed,

. ' back system,37, 42 ,..3uartz-crv% ital,. 12, .14;30,'-''( 43; rubidium, 46 .'-' ' ,,, .:

.

1,-- ., ,:: : .. : ',, - .,.°' ,f';''.. . --.., , ..

uartz-orystal clodk, 14, 40, 52Quartz- crystal- oscillators, 12;.1.4,..40, 422,43; cost,'

.54Quartz-cry' stakresonator, 40; 52QUart2-crystal Watches, 5243 ;.accurity, 53

4'R 4

.- Radar; 42, ,144, 146; naitdiV-beam, 145;.', beam,145

Radar echo signals, 148Radar tracking' system, 42, 144, 145-446liadiactiVe dating, 7, 135, 154, 164Radio-astronomY, 135;13,7440 .

Radio 'beacons; 104";Radio, broadcast time-systema;.-72,.73; accUrs.cY,

74; ambiguity, 7'1 coverage., NBS, 78,74,97;. percent of time available, 77; - receiver'cost,. 77; regulation, 97; reliability, 76; time -

and frequency, 100,:161 ; pniorm, 73; VSNO,"73; -91 4.44

-, Radio navigation system; 74, 19{" .

Radio signal frequefick, .43Radio signala, 46;.,47, 73; ammonia

tnaseri. raaar, 145; rubidium , atom, 46;-

, r.

-

; ? ;Ballets, '25arity. ("P7) invirianCe;133; ViolatiOn of," 133erichiluni, 14, 147 -148;- atomic, V; IlVerswing-

spring:-wound, 12, 289., 4Peatiltim ' 11, 20, 27, 39,029, 130-131;

tvid-pentliiluin, 28; W, 40P,errdulam.clOck:'timeIm.1,31Pbase and- frequency,100L151,Plist9gr,a'ilhic.zenithilfber 70 t

PhOtpgraphy, 70, 07, 116; "PhOtibb, 47' 165a;:iPbygqaltconst s, 130

_,P1iylats7,24; 132, 164,1166 4

°Piesoelectric effect 40 -6;> "P"- invariance, 133;- violation of,433 1

Plank's ("4").'cOnstant, 130Portable ceslailkstandarcl;-72'Potqntialenergy; 39 r '

companies; 12, 69-452,107-Powet; distribution system; 102,-kulsar rates,. 139 p ,Phlsars, 438 ?Ptilscd si gnats,

cure, 43',-; ,aviation, 160; cesium ,atoin, 4;

---satellite,155; stellar, 137*: .

Radio spectrutn, 42, 43Radio-Star-signals, 141 .k

o teleVopes, 145'Radio timc, 43/la's, 72 -74;. accuracy,-74-76; ,t on-

tinuous, 80 ; pulsed, 86 -

Railroads and,time; 51, 72, 89-91Relativity, 124 124, 125,136°Relativity, erierl Theory 'of, 123, -125-126

s Relativity,,Special 'Thew of, 12,5-125,Resolution, '140 'Resonance .curve; '32-37, .148;, ammonia .molecule,g

ResOnant freqUeticies',. 32, 36; ammonia molecule, ,; atomic, 41-42; cesium 'atom, 44-45, 129; .

quartz crystal, 40; rubidinini46; 1Vatches, 62-Resonators, '29; 31-; accuracy,' 2; ammOriia, 42-

43 ,`atomit, 41-42, 129; cesium, 45, 46, 47, 48,129. high-9, 32, 33,- 34, 35, 36;7 byfIrogen,47; qiia_rti' cd.staV 40, 52; rubaliuln; 46;stability,. 32 *atches, .r'

Rubber seconds;. 66,Rubidium atom, '1414, 46 -

Rubidihtn OscillaWs, 46Rubidium resonant frequencies, 46Riibidithri'reso'nator, 46Rutheiford; Ernest It., 41

,*

Page 182: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

174

S

Sand clOck, 26Satellite, navigation, 105-106; 'noise, 82;

broadcasts, 74, 75, 82, 141,142, 163; trackih5 'transit, 105

.

Second, atomic, 45, 95, 1304457 ephemeris,64, 130'; 'leap, 166; measu t, 9,' 17 rub-,ber, 65'; standard, 66; universal tim

Shortt, William Hamilton, 39;42:Shortwave radro transmissions, 72,. 7 ,

accuracy, 74.; reliability, 77Sidereal (stellar) day, 61

,Sidereal year,, 67, 6$Sine waves; 146,149Sky. wave, 80-81; 82Solar day, 61Solar year, 60 ,

South' Pole; 19- Space travel, 125-126

Speed and.direction11601118-121Stability', 35, 36Standardized time system, pl. ,

Standard time, 89-791, 93, 97;1.67Standard TimeAct (1918),Standard timeointerval, 91f:-Standard time zones, 89, 9W",Standard, units, 17Standards lab,ctratories, 97

'Star, time, 0,AA'a"Steady-sfape.theory, 137Stellar cloca, 1Stellar .day; 61; -2Stellar radio signals, 1.37Stonehenge, TSummer' solstice, 8§urispots,15, 76Sun.tinle, 813. 16Super "CPT" principle, 134Super-symmetry .principle, 134":Symmetries in natur.e,132Synchronization' , 9495, 124,,,151; co

don, 104,; ra signls, 78, 84, 141; satel7'late, 142 ;.televisiOn signals, 85 ..

Synchronization pulsesg5, 104;:157System magni on, (gain), 145,System-respo e; 144

.

star signals, 141; radio stations, 72; receiVer,cost, 77; reliability, 76; standards, 72, 81, 82,97; transportation'systems, 104

Time and length standard, 158, 165-

. )Time control systerns, 143-144; closqd-loop, 144,150 ; open -loop, 143, 150

Time, 'definition, 5 ' ' . '

'Time.clirection, 126-127, 132

1'

Time dissemination systems, 72, 76, 77, 161-162Time/distauce ratio,-11771.18, 13GTime diversity, 84Time division multiplexing, 103Time information broadcasts , 72-78Time information recording, 141Time information storage, 141, 156Time inforrnation transmittal, 108, 153, 156, 161Time interval, 6, 94;97, 108, 151, 153; and fre-

qu ncy 13, 158; measurement, 17, 157, 158"Tr rivarianc "T") symmetry, 134

iine eepers, 8, 25 68, 152 ; histoKc, 14, 68;international, 70, 7 ; United States, 60

Timekeeping deyices 8, 1,1, 97, 167,; cost, 53Time measurement, 9, 17; 59., 63, 127-128 limita-

tions, 127-131; standards, 17; synchronization,6

Tithe regulation, 96-97Time reversal, 133Time's arrow, 132 ",

Tinie signals,, 162-163Time ("T") invariance, 133Time zones, 91, 97; international,

States, 91 ."T" symmetry, 134Townes; Charles H., 47Transfer standard technique, 85TransiStorization,., 52Transit satellite,. 105TransportatiOn and time, 104Tropical year% 64, 67Two: pendulum clock, 28, 39, 40Tuning fork, 12, 52

T

Tachyons, 166Telegraph; 72Telephone companies,' 12 .

Television, 102; 156,157; time" bit9adcasis77, 82,85 ;lime measurement, 9, 13

Time and frequenCY. teclwology, 55, 106 71074accuracy; 74; ambiguity, 77; commtinication

sts,teins, 102-:-.1'04'; consumer _sur=veys,,3107 ; 4

.erzege, 76 ; electric. power, 100-101 ; percent oftime available, 77; radio signal; 74'; radio

.

U

93; United s'

Uniform Time Act (1966), 93; Amendment(197'2), 93

Uniyersal Time (UT)-, 63,'64, 65, 66,' 69 ; UTO,63; UTIA63, 66; UT2, 63, 65 .

UTC (CooFdinated Universal Time), 65, 66, 69,72

N,,aVal ObSertatory (USW)), 13, 69, 73, 74,85, 97'.

Archbishop (Ireland), 135

.

Ve'rnal equinox, 67Very, high frequency (VHF) radio brogdcasis, Ar

. Very low frequency (VLF) radio broadcasts, 74,"79 ; 4mitatiore, 80, 81 _ , .

Page 183: INSTITUTION NAional Bureau of Standards (DOC) , Washingt n ...

Watches, accuracy, 153; electronic, 51-52; his-tOry of;.. 49-50 ; mechanical, fit ; quarty.-crystal,-.40, 52, 53; railroad, 51.

Watchmakers, 50Water clock, 26Weak force, 165White Or,arfs, 138Wide-beam radar, -145

1

)World War

W

I; 51, 91.co,.. .war II, 42; 104; 144u, Madame Chien-Shuing, 133WV,.73, 84, 161=163 ,

WWVB,. 74'WWVH, 73

XYZ

Yang, C. N., 132, 133

175

4

4V. GOVERIVAF:nT PRINTING OFFICE 1978 8-216-165